Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Auto - Manufacturers / MA Financial Group / FY2024 Annual Report

MA Financial Group
Annual Report 2024

MAF · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker MAF
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Auto - Manufacturers
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · MA Financial Group
Loading PDF…
Annual Report
20
24

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
MA FINANCIAL GROUP LIMITED
Registered office
Principal place of business
Level 27, Brookfield Place
10 Carrington Street 
Sydney NSW 2000
T + 61 2 8288 5555
mafinancial.com
KEY CONTACT:
Michael Leonard
michael.leonard@mafinancial.com
We respectfully acknowledge the Traditional Owners 
of lands across Australia and pay our respects to their 
Elders, past and present. 
Our head office is located on Gadigal land.
2

01
ABOUT
FY24 at a glance	
4
About MA Financial	
5
Independent Chair’s letter	
8
Joint Chief Executive Officers’ letter	
10
Operating and financial review	
12
02
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Sustainability report	
22
03
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
Directors’ report	
34
Remuneration report	
41
Auditor’s independence declaration	
68
04
FINANCIAL REPORT
Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income	
72
Statement of financial position	
73
Statement of changes in equity	
74
Statement of cash flows	
75
Notes to the financial statements	
76
Consolidated entity disclosure statement	
146
Directors’ declaration	
150
Independent auditor’s report	
151
05
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Investor information	
157
Glossary	
159
Directory	
161
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
3

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT 
UNDERLYING REVENUE1
UNDERLYING RECURRING 
REVENUE2 
$10.3b
$307m
$190m
12% increase from FY23
14% increase from FY23
7% increase from FY23
RECORD ASSET MANAGEMENT 
GROSS FUND INFLOWS3
CORPORATE ADVISORY FEES 
UNDERLYING EBITDA1
$2.2b
$50m
$87m
27% increase from FY23
16% increase from FY23
7% increase from FY23
FINSURE MANAGED LOANS 
MA MONEY LOAN BOOK
UNDERLYING NPAT1
$139b
$2.1b
$42m
26% increase on FY23
155% increase on FY23
1% increase from FY23
FULL YEAR DIVIDEND PER 
SHARE FULLY FRANKED (¢)
UNDERLYING EARNINGS 
PER SHARE1
UNDERLYING RETURN 
ON EQUITY1,4 
20.0¢
26.1¢
10.7%
in line with FY23
1% increase from FY23
0.2% increase on FY23
1.	
Underlying revenue, Earnings Before Interest, Taxation, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA), Net Profit After Tax (NPAT), Return on 
Equity (ROE), Earnings Per Share (EPS) and other measures of Underlying performance are not prepared in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and are not audited. Detailed reconciliations between the Underlying and statutory measures are set 
out in note 3 of the 2024 Financial Report and in the Group’s FY24 results presentation.
2.	 Underlying recurring revenue includes Asset Management recurring revenue, Finsure subscription fees and ongoing trail commissions.
3.	 Gross fund inflows excludes institutional funds.
4.	 Underlying ROE is Underlying NPAT divided by average equity for the year. 
FY24 at a glance
4
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

About MA

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
MA Financial Group is a global alternative 
asset manager specialising in private 
credit, real estate, and hospitality. We lend 
to the property, corporate, and specialty 
finance sectors, in addition to providing 
corporate advice.
ASSET MANAGEMENT
$10.3b AUM
12% increase on FY23
We invest in and manage $10.3 billion on behalf of our clients, 
oversee more than $139 billion in Managed Loans, and have 
advised on over $125 billion in advisory and equity capital 
market transactions since 2009.
Today we employ over 700 professionals across Australia, 
China, Hong Kong, New Zealand, Singapore, and the 
United States.
Our vision and purpose
Our vision is to create an environment of enterprise, optimism, 
and partnership. To place the interests of our clients above 
all else, and work together as co-creators of long-term value. 
Our purpose is to create sustainable, long-term value for 
our clients.
We believe in unlimited potential
At MA Financial, unlimited potential is more than just a 
perspective. It is an unwavering belief in the potential of 
our people and our clients. We aim to harness the best 
in contemporary financial thinking to deliver innovative 
approaches to unlock value.
Asset Management
We are a global alternative asset manager specialising in 
private credit, real estate, and private equity & venture capital. 
We also manage traditional asset classes including equities, 
bonds, and cash. We offer solutions for wholesale, retail and 
institutional investors who entrust us to manage $10.3 billion 
on their behalf.
Our investment teams have diverse skill sets and experience 
across a range of strategies and market conditions and are 
focused on delivering long-term growth. We seek opportunities 
based on sound market fundamentals, investing with discipline 
and rigour.
As active managers, we directly handle our real estate and 
hospitality assets, as well as manage loans in our Credit funds. 
We firmly believe that hands-on management and in-house 
expertise lead to improved risk management and stronger 
long-term asset performance for our clients.
About MA Financial
We invest. We lend. We advise.
6
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
LENDING & TECHNOLOGY
CORPORATE ADVISORY & EQUITIES
$139b
$50m
Finsure Managed Loans as at 31 December 2024
Corporate Advisory fees for FY24
Lending & Technology
Our Lending & Technology division leverages our combined 
expertise in credit advisory and credit investment. This 
division includes a technology advanced Residential Lending 
Marketplace and a range of lending solutions for individuals 
and businesses in Australia and worldwide.
Residential Lending Marketplace 
Founded in 2022 through the acquisition of Finsure, our 
Residential Lending Marketplace oversees $139 billion in 
loans for 400,000 borrowers. Integrated with MA Money, our 
residential lender, and Middle, a digital tool aiding brokers 
in gathering verified financial data for loan applications, the 
Marketplace is instrumental in achieving our goal of becoming 
a significant player in Australia’s $2.3 trillion residential 
mortgage market.
MA Money is our Australian non-bank lender specialising in 
home loans. A data driven approach means borrowers are 
offered flexible and innovative solutions, and fast turn-around 
times. This rapidly growing business has a loan book in excess 
of $2.1 billion.
Corporate Advisory & Equities
In partnership with global investment bank Moelis & Company, 
we provide financial advice for clients across mergers and 
acquisitions and strategic advisory, equity and debt capital 
markets, capital structure advisory, equities research 
and trading.
Our specialised sector capabilities include real estate, credit 
and restructuring, resources, technology and small to mid-cap 
industrial companies.
We maintain a strong strategic alliance with Moelis & 
Company, a global investment bank listed on the NYSE, 
holding 10.2% of our Group’s issued capital. This partnership 
proves mutually advantageous as it provides clients access 
to a worldwide network of advisory executives, fostering 
collaboration on cross-border or industry-specific mandates.
About MA Financial
7
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

Jeffrey Browne
Independent Chair and 
Non-Executive Director
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
I am very pleased with MA Financial Group’s performance in 2024. Strong 
momentum is evident right across our business platform. The foundations 
have been laid for solid and significant growth over coming years.
We are now seeing the benefits of the investment the Group has made 
in several strategic medium-term growth initiatives. This includes our 
investment in MA Money, Finsure and diversified Asset Management 
distribution capabilities. Our nascent US Private Credit platform, whilst 
representing significant investment, presents us a gateway to the world’s 
largest credit market.
Over time, the Group has developed a successful track record of building and 
growing new business platforms. We are patient, disciplined investors with 
significant long-term growth ambitions.
In 2017 and 2018 we identified and then made a concerted effort to invest in 
Private Credit, a relatively untapped asset class in Australia. The attractive 
and consistent yield based returns that these funds are now providing our 
investors are proof of our faith in that investment and our forward-thinking 
strategy at the time. In 2024 MA Financial raised a record $2.0 billion of new 
client money into its Private Credit funds.
The investments that we have made are not only targeted at driving medium 
term earnings growth but transforming the Group’s earnings profile towards a 
more consistent, scalable and recurring revenue model.
Whilst the Group’s aggregated earnings were up marginally in 2024, the 
strong growth momentum I have referred to is evident with second half 
Underlying earnings per share (EPS) 35% higher than in the first half. This 
should deliver strong earnings momentum into 2025, underpinned by the 
significant growth in the Group’s underlying operating metrics in 2024:
•	
Record total client inflows into our Asset Management funds
•	
26% growth in Finsure’s Managed Loans to $139 billion
•	
155% growth in MA Money’s Loan Book to $2.1 billion, moving the business 
into profit in 2H24; and
•	
16% growth in Corporate Advisory fees as the transaction environment 
began to improve late in the year.
The Group’s long-term strategy has been to build highly scalable businesses 
in deep markets.
In 2025 a focus of our strategic investment in credit will be to grow our US 
Private Credit platform by marketing our funds to investors in the United 
States. This represents an enormous opportunity in the world’s largest credit 
market, estimated to be worth around US$9 trillion. In late 2024 our new US 
fund received approval from the regulator, and we have now commenced our 
marketing efforts in the US.
Over the years we have already made significant investment in our 
international distribution capability. In 2024, we focused on the establishment 
of our new Singapore office, which provides us with direct access to its 
large and rapidly growing high net worth investor market. Late in the year 
we appointed a new Head of Asian Distribution to be based in Singapore, 
highlighting our commitment to continue to tap into the significant growth 
potential of this region.
Balancing short-term earnings with long-term value creation has been a core 
achievement for MA Financial over its 15-year history. Our capacity to manage 
this balance is increasing, in part, derived from the increased portion of the 
business’s revenue that is recurring in nature. In 2024, 62% of the Group’s 
Underlying revenue was derived from sources that we consider recurring 
versus 48% in 2022. This highlights the significant improvement in the quality 
of the Group’s earnings over time.
Independent Chair’s letter
8
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
The successful growth of both Finsure and MA Money 
highlights the potential opportunity of continuing to scale into 
Australia’s $2.3 trillion mortgage market. The final piece of our 
Residential Lending Marketplace is our maturing investment in 
‘Middle’, an enhanced digital experience for mortgage brokers 
and borrowers.
Middle gained strong momentum over 2024 and is now 
processing approximately $100 million of mortgage 
applications per day through its digital platform. Direct platform 
integration with its first bank partner is currently underway.
At the Group level, we undertook a number of initiatives during 
2024 to increase MA Financial's brand profile. This included 
our first ever direct advertising campaign via several media 
channels, aimed at continuing to broaden the scope of our 
distribution channels and building broad brand awareness.
We believe the growing strength of Asset Management fund 
inflows in the domestic market and the successful $330 million 
raising for our first ASX-listed Private Credit Trust, the MA 
Credit Income Trust (MA1), reflect increased recognition of the 
trust in and strength of the MA brand.
The Group also broadened its distribution presence in the 
institutional funds channel with the establishment of an 
Australia Real Estate Credit Vehicle in partnership with highly 
respected global growth investor Warburg Pincus. The fund 
has already received $500 million in commitments and is well 
advanced in discussions with several large global investors to 
subscribe for the remaining $500 million in the initial $1 billion 
target for the raising. 
The strength of our alternative Real Estate management 
capabilities was also highlighted with the strong performance 
of MA Marina Fund, which grew its Assets under Management 
to over $320 million by year end, following its launch in 2023. 
The Fund’s defensive revenue profile, driven by strong supply 
and demand dynamics, has proved attractive to investors 
looking for consistent yield-based returns uncorrelated to 
economic cycles.
In Hospitality, MA Redcape Hotel Fund successfully navigated 
a challenging operating environment and has been increasing 
its quarterly distributions to unitholders backed by the strong 
performance of its hotel venues. The Fund completed the 
successful divestment of eight hotels at attractive prices during 
the year and redeployed the proceeds into four new high quality 
hotel acquisitions, with a further three new venues acquired in 
early 2025 subject to settlement. This highlights the continued 
demand for hospitality assets and our strong operating 
capability in the sector. 
We also launched the MA Hotel Accommodation Fund with 
the acquisition of Four Points by Sheraton Hotel in Melbourne 
Docklands for $96 million in April 2024 and see further 
growth opportunities for the Fund as other accommodation 
opportunities present, in high demand locations and at 
considerably less than replacement value.
The Board’s confidence in the outlook for the business is 
reflected in its declaration of a fully franked final dividend of 14 
cents per share taking our full year’s dividend to 20 cents per 
share, fully franked. 
The quality of our people remains the real key to our ongoing 
success. We have continued to invest in the retention and 
development of our key personnel and talent during the year. 
We are a people business and attracting, developing and 
retaining the best people is essential to MA Financial's long-
term success. We have continued to refine our remuneration 
structures to provide appropriate incentivisation for senior 
staff that aligns with positive shareholder outcomes and we are 
proud of the owner mindset that permeates our workplace and 
establishes our winning culture.
In 2024, acting on the previous year’s Climate Change Action 
Plan, we achieved significant reductions in emissions from 
improving our arrangements for office energy supply. We will 
maintain our focus on our environmental footprint and how 
we report on it and will continue to invest in cybersecurity and 
other risk controls, corporate governance, and training.
I am extremely pleased with the composition and performance 
of the Board during 2024. Our independent directors bring a 
diverse range of skills, greatly contributing to the governance 
and oversight of MA Financial Group which blends well with 
the experienced and operational input of our very talented 
executive and non-independent directors. 
I believe we are very well positioned as a Board, to oversee 
the continued growth of the business and that the results 
and strategic investments we have made in 2024 prove 
up our determination to deliver sustainable growth for our 
Shareholders. 
I extend my gratitude to our Board, senior executives, and all 
employees for their continued hard work and dedication to the 
growth and achievements of MA Financial in 2024.
Jeffrey Browne
Independent Chair and Non-Executive Director
ASSET MANAGEMENT
UNDERLYING EPS
$2.0b
35% 
Gross inflows into Private Credit fund 
34% increase on FY23
Growth in 2H24 vs 1H24
9
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

Christopher Wyke 
& Julian Biggins
Joint Chief Executive Officers
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Joint Chief Executive Officers’ letter
Our financial results for 2024 underscore the success of our diversified 
and resilient business strategy, enabling us to invest and expand while 
delivering good returns for our shareholders. The result was highlighted by 
record Asset Management fund inflows, improved transactional activity 
and Corporate advisory fees, ongoing growth in Finsure and accelerating 
momentum in MA Money.
MA Financial Group delivered an Underlying net profit of $42.1 million, 
equivalent to 26.1 cents per share. This was up 1% on the 2023 result, as 
good growth in Underlying Revenue was partly offset by planned strategic 
investment in growth initiatives. These initiatives included the growth 
of MA Money and the Middle technology platform, the establishment of 
our US Private Credit capability and distribution office in Singapore plus 
building the profile of the MA Financial brand. 
This investment represented an impact on our EBITDA of $13 million (or 6 
cents per share). However, from the day we founded MA Financial in 2009 
we have believed in investing today, for tomorrow. All these initiatives are 
anticipated to help drive the future earnings growth of the business.
All business divisions built significant momentum over the year positioning 
the Group well for strong growth in 2025 and future years. This resulted 
in significant earnings growth in second half relative to the first half of the 
year, with earnings per share increasing 35% half on half. This momentum 
was primarily driven by: 
•	
Asset Management benefiting from record fund gross inflows of $2.2 
billion over the year and improved transaction-based income in the 
second half. 
•	
MA Money, which moved from a $4.6 million EBITDA loss in 1H24 to a 
small profit contribution in 2H24, as its loan book grew to $2.1 billion 
and it expanded its net interest margin (NIM) over the year.
This momentum has moved into early 2025 and bodes well for material 
earnings growth across the Group in 2025. We are aiming to deliver on a 
set of medium-term strategic targets at the end of 2026 and we believe we 
are demonstrating good progress on the way to achieving these.
Our Asset Management division is the major contributor to Group earnings 
delivering 74% of the Group’s Underlying EBITDA in 2024. Record gross 
inflows were driven by strong investor interest in the Group’s Private 
Credit funds. This demand has carried into early 2025 with the successful 
raising of $330 million for our first listed Private Credit Trust, the MA 
Credit Income Trust (ASX: MA1). This represents an exciting milestone for 
the Group, further broadening our distribution capability in the Australian 
market and extending the Group’s reputation as a leading Private Credit 
asset manager. The fund will list on the ASX on 5 March 2025. 
10
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Joint Chief Executive Officers’ letter
Assets under Management (AUM) increased 12% over 2024 
to $10.3 billion. Add to this the new AUM already raised for 
MA1 plus a further $500 million of committed capital from 
institutional investors in our new Australian Real Estate Credit 
vehicle and AUM is currently closer to $11 billion. This is a 
tenfold increase on the $1.1 billion of AUM we had at our IPO in 
2017 and sees us well progressed to achieving our FY26 AUM 
target of $15 billion. 
The development of our Residential Lending Marketplace 
within the Lending & Technology division continued at pace in 
2024. Finsure grew its Managed Loans by 26% on the previous 
year to $139 billion and the number of mortgage brokers on 
its award-winning platform increased to 3,746, up 20% on the 
previous year. Middle, our proprietary technology platform 
that materially improves the digital data collection process for 
mortgage brokers and borrowers continues to gain traction. It 
is now processing around $100 million of loan applications per 
day on its digital platform.
MA Money, the Group’s residential mortgage lender, 
demonstrated strong growth over the year delivering 
profitability slightly ahead of expectations. This highlights 
the benefit of our strategic investment philosophy, with the 
business now well on track to achieve its targeted $4 billion 
loan book in FY26 and deliver net profit after tax of $15 million 
to $20 million in that year.
Our Corporate Advisory & Equities division demonstrated 
resilience in the face of challenging market conditions for much 
of the year that impacted transaction timelines and equity 
capital market activity levels. Corporate advisory fees were 
up 16% on 2023, with transaction activity levels beginning 
to improve late in the year. This has continued in early 2025, 
however we remain cautious with transaction timeframes 
remain uncertain and elongated. 
In 2025, we see potential opportunity to strategically add 
to the capability of our Corporate Advisory team. We have 
started the year by adding a new Managing Director to cover 
the Power & Utility sector, reflecting our ongoing confidence 
in the Corporate Advisory & Equities business. This follows 
our investment in 2023 and 2024 in hiring senior metals and 
mining expertise to satisfy client demand for natural resources 
advisory and execution. The team has started well and made a 
strong contribution to the business in 2024.
The Group has made excellent progress in navigating more 
challenging operating conditions over the last two years, 
whilst investing in new business platforms and scaling existing 
ones. This has transitioned the business to a more consistent, 
less cyclically dependent, earnings base off which to grow 
in the years ahead. We will continue to strategically invest in 
growth platforms where significant opportunity exists, such 
as our focus on growing our US Private Credit platform in 
2025. However, the earnings headwind from such investment 
is declining as revenue scales in growth businesses such as 
MA Money.
We are very pleased with the Group’s progress in 2024. 
Everything accomplished over the year was made possible 
by the dedication, commitment and hard work of our team, 
for which we express our immense gratitude. We also extend 
our sincere appreciation to our clients and very importantly 
our shareholders for their continued trust and support. 
We look forward to keeping you informed of our progress 
throughout 2025.

Christopher Wyke & Julian Biggins
Joint Chief Executive Officers
MIDDLE
FINSURE
$100m
3,746
Loan applications processed 
per day on Middle Technology
Brokers on the Finsure platform 
up 20% on FY23
11
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

Overview
For the year ended 31 December 2024, the Group recorded total comprehensive income attributable to the owners of the Company 
of $44.3 million (2023: $19.0 million) and profit after income tax to the owners of the Company of $41.8 million (2023: $28.5 million). 
Basic earnings per share was 26.0 cents, an increase of 46% on the prior year.
Statutory results
31 Dec 2024
$’000
31 Dec 2023
$’000
Movement
%
Total income
576,657
392,770
 47% 
Profit before tax
56,874
40,917
 39% 
Profit after income tax
41,793
28,517
 47% 
Profit after income tax attributable to ordinary equity holders
41,793
28,517
 47% 
Total comprehensive income attributable to ordinary equity holders
44,295
18,997
 133% 
Underlying results
31 Dec 2024
$’000
31 Dec 2023
$’000
Movement
%
Revenue
306,613
269,876
 14% 
EBITDA
87,096
81,565
 7% 
Net profit after income tax
42,098
41,599
 1% 
Statutory
Underlying
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Movement
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Movement
cents per share
%
cents per share
%
Basic earnings per share
 26.0 
 17.8 
 46% 
26.1
26.0
1%
Diluted earnings per share
 25.0 
 17.3 
 45% 
25.2
25.2
 -
Full year dividend
 20.0 
 20.0 
 - 
Non-IFRS Underlying results1
1.	
Non-IFRS financial information is not prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and IFRS and is not audited.
The Group also utilises non-IFRS Underlying financial 
information in its assessment and presentation of Group 
performance. When reading the Group’s results, we note 
there are some Underlying adjustments that a reader may find 
useful to understand in more detail. For further information 
on adjustments between statutory and Underlying results, 
please refer to the detailed reconciliation provided in note 
3 of the 2024 Financial Report and to the explanation in the 
Directors’ report as to why the Directors believe that, when 
read in conjunction with the statutory results, the Underlying 
measures are useful to the reader.
Underlying revenue was up 14% from 2023. Recurring revenue 
made up 62% of the 2024 Underlying revenue compared to 
66% in 2023. Expenses were up 17% on 2023 due to continued 
investment in strategic growth initiatives and an inflationary 
operating environment.
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Operating and financial review
12
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Operating and financial review (continued)
The Group experienced record inflows across its Asset Management funds, 
with gross inflows of over $2.2 billion, a 27% increase on FY23. Additionally, 
Lending & Technology saw substantial growth, with Finsure Managed Loans 
up by 26% to $139 billion, and MA Money’s loan book surged by 155% on FY23 
to $2.1 billion. Strategic investments were largely focused on the build out 
and growth of the MA Money platform, the establishment of the Group’s US 
Private Credit business and new distribution channels in Singapore. While these 
investments impacted FY24 results, they position the Group for significant 
growth opportunities in FY25 and beyond. Corporate Advisory & Equities 
activities improved despite difficult macroeconomic conditions which have 
made deal execution and timing uncertain.	
	
	
	
The Group’s Underlying divisional measures directly align with the segment 
measures required by AASB 8 Operating Segments. Further information and 
reconciliations are provided in note 3 of the 2024 Financial Report. The table 
below shows the divisions' respective contributions to Group Underlying 
EBITDA and NPAT. Unallocated costs associated with the central executives 
and corporate support functions are shown separately as Corporate Services. 
31 Dec 2024
$’000
31 Dec 2023
$’000
Asset Management
83,202
82,223
Lending & Technology
16,906
14,054
Corporate Advisory & Equities
11,740
6,853
Corporate Services
 (24,752)
 (21,565)
Underlying EBITDA
87,096
81,565
Depreciation and amortisation
 (14,256)
 (12,954)
Interest expense
 (12,722)
 (9,184)
Income tax expense
 (18,020)
 (17,828)
Underlying NPAT
42,098
41,599
Our business
13
13
ABOUT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Operating and financial review (continued)
The Asset Management division reported record gross inflows 
of $2,247 million driven by strong demand for the Group’s 
Private Credit funds. Assets under Management (AUM) 
grew by 12% over the year to $10.3 billion at 31 December 
2024. Asset Management contributed 74% of 2024 Group 
Underlying EBITDA before Corporate Services. Underlying 
EBITDA of $83.2 million was up 1% from $82.2 million in 2023 
as strong growth in Credit Funds income and performance fees 
offset a 13% increase in expenses driven largely by strategic 
investment in US Private Credit and Singapore distribution. 
The establishment of the distribution platform in Singapore 
provides access to a large and growing high net worth market.
Gross inflows from Domestic clients continued to build 
momentum, up 36% to $1,494 million (2023: $1,102 million). 
This is reflective of the Group’s significant investment in its 
domestic distribution platform and strong client interest in 
credit and alternative asset classes.
Gross inflows from non-migration International High Net Worth 
(HNW) clients were up 12% to $725 million (2023: $647 million).
Strong inflows helped AUM to grow 12% over the year to 
$10.3 billion at 31 December 2024. In addition, the business 
launched a new institutional Real Estate Credit partnership 
with leading global investor Warburg Pincus, targeting a 
maximum additional $1 billion of AUM. The fund raised an initial 
commitment of $500 million in FY24, which is anticipated to 
add to AUM as it is deployed.
The key highlight for the investment strategies was the 
strong momentum of the Private Credit funds. The strong 
and consistent returns continue to resonate with investors in 
an elevated interest rate environment, with 91% of net flows 
going to Credit related strategies. AUM from Credit related 
strategies grew to $5.2 billion at 31 December 2024, up 30% 
(2023: $4.0 billion). During the year, the US Credit Platform 
established MA’s first widely available US investment fund, 
the MA Specialty Credit Income Fund. The new fund received 
regulatory approval in December and marketing in the US is due 
to commence in February 2025. 
Asset Management
ASSET MANAGEMENT
$2.2b
Record gross fund inflows
a 27% increase on FY23
Credit
Core Real Estate
Alternative Real Estate
Equities
PE/VC
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
1.2
2.2
1.3
0.5
0.3
1.6
2.6
1.6
0.9
0.3
2.4
2.5
1.9
0.7
0.3
4.0
2.3
1.9
0.6
0.4
5.2
2.0
1.9
0.7
$5.4b
$6.9b
$7.8b
$9.2b
$10.3b
0.5
14
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
The Group’s Core Real Estate asset class comprises 
retail and diversified real estate AUM of $2.0 billion at 
31 December 2024, was down from $2.3 billion on the 
prior year due to divestments, including the successful 
sale of the Direk Refrigerated Logistics Facility by MA 
Logistics Fund in April 2024 and valuation adjustments 
associated with the elevated interest rate environment.
The Alternative Real Estate asset class comprises 
the Group’s Hospitality, Marina and Accommodation 
Hotel assets, with a combined AUM of $1.9 billion at 
31 December 2024. Continuing demand for hospitality 
assets saw the MA Redcape Hotel Fund sell eight 
hotels for approximately $319.1 million, each at a 
premium to book value, and acquiring four hotels for 
a total consideration of $88.9 million. A further three 
hotels have been acquired in South East Queensland 
for a combined $79.0 million post balance date, as 
Redcape seeks to redeploy the proceeds of its recent 
asset sales.
The Growth Ventures (PE/VC) gross inflows were up 
25% on FY23 to $95 million, largely due to positive 
inflows into the growth credit focused MA Sustainable 
Future Fund. 
Underlying recurring revenue rose 3% to $158.2 million, 
driven by a 21% increase in Credit Funds income to 
$51.1 million, partly offset by a 5% decrease in base 
management fees to $99.2 million due to temporary 
fee waivers for MA Redcape Hotel Fund investors 
and the impact of some asset divestments. Credit 
Funds income includes non-base fee recurring 
revenue contributions from the Group’s two key Credit 
Fund strategies, the Priority Income Fund and Real 
Estate Credit.
Transaction and performance-based revenue 
increased 49% to $30.9 million, reflective of improved 
equities fund performance and increased transactional 
activity from the MA Redcape Hotel Fund. 
Operating and financial review (continued)
15
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Operating and financial review (continued)
 Lending & 
Technology
The Lending & Technology business continued to build a tech-enabled highly scalable 
lending ecosystem through Finsure, Middle, Specialty Finance and MA Money. 
Underlying revenue for the Lending & Technology division grew 36% on 2023 to $60.8 
million largely due to the continued growth of Finsure’s mortgage aggregation platform 
and MA Money Loan book as it begins to generate scale benefits. Underlying EBITDA 
was up 20% to $16.9 million as the Group invested in the build out of its Residential 
Lending Marketplace, via residential mortgage lender MA Money and its new digital 
mortgage broker software Middle.
Financial Technology, comprising of Finsure and Middle, delivered exceptionally strong 
performance in the year, growing broker numbers by 20% to 3,746 and increasing its 
Managed Loans by 26%, from $110 billion to $139 billion.
Financial Technology delivered FY24 Underlying revenue of $43.3 million, up 16% on 
FY23, underpinned by recurring subscription fees and trail commissions plus activity 
based upfront commissions and other fees. This resulted in Underlying EBITDA of $21.4 
million, reflecting an EBITDA margin of 49.4%.
The lending platforms of MA Money and Specialty Finance grew the total loan portfolio 
by 130% to $2,265 million at 31 December 2024. The division’s Underlying income 
increased by 136% to $17.5 million with MA Money turning profitable during the second 
half of 2024 and is well on track to deliver on its targeted $15 million to $20 million of 
NPAT in FY26. Whilst scale benefits are now emerging in MA Money, the Group will 
continue to invest in the Lending & Technology business across people, platform and 
technology to take advantage of the substantial opportunity for long term growth in the 
residential mortgage market. 
16
ABOUT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
The Corporate Advisory & Equities (CA&E) division was up on earnings 
performance in 2024, with Underlying revenue improving 15% on the prior year, as 
corporate advisory activity levels began to gradually improve in the second half 
of 2024.
Corporate Advisory fees were up 16% to $49.9 million, underpinned by solid M&A 
activity, increased capital solutions advisory work, and gradually improving equity 
capital market activity. Revenue per executive improved to $1.0 million (2023: 
$0.8 million). This was below the Group's target productivity range of $1.1 to $1.3 
million due to challenging operating conditions. Equities revenue was up 12% to 
$5.8 million, rising steadily over the year as market conditions improved.
Corporate Advisory 
& Equities
Operating and financial review (continued)
17
ABOUT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Operating and financial review (continued)
Financial position
Statutory total assets amounted to $6,019.5 million (2023: 
$3,547.8 million) with net assets of $417.5 million (2023: $397.5 
million) at the year ended 31 December 2024.
The statutory consolidated statement of financial position 
includes the consolidation of credit trusts, such as residential 
mortgage-backed securitisation trusts, Specialty Lending 
trusts and Credit Funds in the Priority Income Fund strategies 
that the Group manages. These special purpose funding 
vehicles contain liabilities which are secured only by the assets 
of these entities with no further recourse to the Group.
Management utilises an Operating balance sheet which 
predominantly excludes the special purpose funding vehicles 
when reviewing the Group financial position. The Operating 
balance sheet presents a simplified view of the total economic 
exposure of the Group and the capital available to management 
to allocate. A reconciliation of the Operating balance sheet to 
the statutory consolidated statement of financial position can 
be found in the Group’s FY24 results presentation.
31 Dec 2024
Statutory
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Statutory
$’000
31 Dec 2024
Operating
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Operating
$’000
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
 177,734 
 180,319 
 39,998 
 43,108 
Loans receivable
 4,535,942 
 2,088,766 
 10,398 
 6,175 
Investments
 139,970 
 211,691 
 248,613 
 203,622 
Net trail book assets
 811,466 
 705,285 
 51,244 
 44,128 
Goodwill and other intangibles
 195,386 
 195,940 
 195,386 
 195,939 
Right-of-use assets
 60,345 
 65,983 
 60,345 
 65,983 
Other assets
 98,639 
 99,861 
 107,236 
 105,113 
Total assets
 6,019,482 
 3,547,845 
 713,220 
 664,068 
Liabilities
Borrowings
 4,490,028 
 2,153,496 
 133,512 
 95,030 
Lease liabilities
 68,383 
 71,510 
 68,383 
 71,510 
Other liabilities
 1,043,545 
 925,303 
 93,799 
 99,992 
Total liabilities
 5,601,956 
 3,150,309 
 295,694 
 266,532 
Net assets
 417,526 
 397,536 
 417,526 
 397,536 
Net tangible assets
 236,087 
 219,453 
 236,087 
 219,453 
The growth in the Group’s statutory assets was predominantly 
driven by an increase in MA Money’s residential mortgages as 
well as an increase in commercial loans all within the Group’s 
consolidated credit trusts. As a result of this increase in loans 
receivable the Group’s also recognised offsetting increases in 
statutory borrowings within the Group’s consolidated credit 
trusts. Notable movements in the Group’s Operating balance 
sheet include the continued investment in MA Money and an 
increase in investments relating to Class B units in the Master 
Credit Trusts. This is partially offset by the increase in the 
Group's unsecured note borrowings.
18
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Operating and financial review (continued)
Financial position
The Group’s investments, including strategic and co-investment positions, are shown in the table below:
31 Dec 2024
Operating
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Operating
$’000
Lending (MA Money & Specialty invested capital)
 37,879 
 17,038 
Co-investments
 43,172 
 51,385 
Private Credit funds
 114,716 
 87,635 
Redcape Hotel Group (RDC)
 56,471
 49,296 
Other equity investments
 6,773 
 4,443 
Total investments
 259,011 
 209,797 
Key movements in the Group’s investments relate to:
•	
Lending invested capital increase reflects growth of MA Money
•	
Co-investments decrease mainly due to the deconsolidation of MA Kincare Fund and recycling of co-investments
•	
Private Credit Funds increase reflects the additional investment in Class B units in USD PIF and PIFs
•	
Redcape change driven by statutory movements offset by distributions received
•	
Redcape investment valued at $76 million based on 31 December 2024 unit price of $1.5005.
Capital management
19
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Operating and financial review (continued)
Financial position
The Group manages its capital with the aim of ensuring 
it will be able to continue as a going concern and support 
growth opportunities while maximising the return to 
shareholders, through the optimisation of the debt and 
equity mix. 
During the year, the Group declared an interim dividend 
of 6 cents per ordinary share (2023: 6 cents). Subsequent 
to year end, the Directors have resolved to pay a final 
dividend of 14 cents per share for the 2024 year (2023: 14 
cents), consistent with full year dividends paid in 2023. 
In April 2024, the Group successfully established the 
MAFG Finance Notes Program, with MAFG Note 1 ($70 
million) issued between April and May 2024, and MAFG 
Finance Note 2 ($40 million) issued in September 2024. 
The proceeds were primarily used to refinance the MACI 
note ($30 million) and MA IV note ($40 million), which 
matured in May 2024 and September 2024 respectively.
The Group also has a working capital facility ($80 million) 
with a major domestic bank. As of 31 December 2024, the 
Group's working capital facility was undrawn.
The Group recognises that debt is an important 
component of a balanced capital structure. Whilst 
the Group utilises unsecured notes to fund its growth 
objectives, it will continue to adopt a prudent approach to 
the use of debt capital. 
This approach to debt in conjunction with the strong level 
of average cash holding throughout the year is indicative 
of a consistent approach in managing the Group for the 
long term and we will remain patient and prudent when 
deploying capital. Fundamental to this is maintaining a 
strong balance sheet, which not only stands us in good 
stead through economic uncertainty but can also facilitate 
attractive investment or business opportunities. 
20
ABOUT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Risk management
The Group faces a range of risks to achieving its financial 
objectives, the most material of which are summarised below. 
This summary is not a comprehensive outline of every risk 
associated with the Group’s financial prospects, and other risks 
may emerge. The Group’s overall risk management framework is 
summarised in its Corporate Governance Statement, available 
on its website. As noted there, the framework is supported by 
a strong risk culture with an emphasis on accountability and 
diversity of thought. 
Cyber risk
The Group depends on a range of information systems which 
carry a risk of unauthorised use or external compromise. 
This could result in the loss or disclosure of confidential 
information, disruption to operations, poor client service, 
regulatory sanctions, reputational damage and financial 
loss. The volume and sophistication of cyber threats facing 
businesses in Australia continues to grow.
The Group maintains an experienced corporate technology 
team which manages its core technology infrastructure 
and supports business operations, including by assessing 
proposed new systems and software. The team continually 
improves the maturity of the Group’s cybersecurity controls, 
which includes penetration testing by third-party experts and 
continual threat monitoring. The team’s work is supported by 
documented policies and procedures, and training for staff on 
related risks. A comprehensive IT Disaster Recovery Plan and 
a Data Breach Response Plan is in place to promote effective 
incident response, and the Group has direct access to a 
leading Sydney-based cyber incident response advisor to help 
it mitigate and recover from any incident it fails to prevent.
Regulatory change
The Group is subject to regulatory obligations related to 
its activities, including those that affect sectors in which it 
invests. Along with the inherent risk of breaching requirements, 
there is a general risk that new or changed regulations could 
require significant spending on compliance, contribute to a 
higher risk of non-compliance or impact on the profitability of 
certain lines of business.
The Group maintains an experienced, well-resourced team 
of legal and compliance professionals who work directly with 
the managers of the Group’s businesses to help ensure these 
compliance requirements are met and who report on legal 
and regulatory risk to the Boards of our licenced entities and 
to the Group’s governance structures. This team also keeps a 
watching brief for regulatory change in the jurisdictions where 
it operates, supported by third party advisors.
Investment risk
The Group’s Asset Management division oversees institutional, 
wholesale and retail investments across a range of asset 
classes. This exposes the Group to associated operational 
and market risks, which can result in investment returns that 
compare poorly to expectations, benchmarks and peers. In 
turn, a poor investment track record may affect the Group’s 
ability to attract and retain clients, which can reduce overall 
assets under management and materially affect long-term 
revenues and earnings.
The Group manages this risk through the careful selection of 
investment strategies, and clearly defined, effective processes 
for due diligence, investment review and decision making, 
and portfolio management. Client reporting puts investment 
returns in context and explains the outlook.
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk a counterparty to a financial instrument 
will fail to meet its obligations when they fall due. The Group is 
exposed to credit risk through its treasury activities, its trade 
receivables, its participation in credit investment funds and its 
lending activities including residential mortgages. The Group 
has direct credit risk and indirect credit risk (for example, in 
relation to fund related credit risk). The Group approaches the 
management of direct and indirect credit risk with equal rigour. 
The Group’s approach to credit risk appraisal and management 
is comprehensive and fit for purpose for the relevant activity 
and associated risk.
Volatility in levels of business activity
Some of the Group’s lines of business are inherently subject 
to more revenue volatility. In particular, the level of activity in 
our Corporate Advisory & Equities division reflects clients’ 
appetites to raise finance, take part in mergers and acquisitions, 
and engage in equities sales and trading, which is influenced 
by a range of factors including economic conditions and 
sentiment. Overall, the Group has diversified sources of income 
and has limited dependency on inherently volatile revenues.
Treasury risk and debt management
The Group must manage the funding needs of its overall 
corporate activities, its distinct businesses and also the 
liquidity needs of the investment funds it manages. Failure to 
adequately project these funding requirements and to manage 
working capital and debt facilities could impact business 
growth, performance and reputation. Conversely, effective 
management of this risk can produce considerable savings and 
enable business growth.
To control the treasury risk it faces and ensure effective debt 
management, the Group has built systems and processes to 
give appropriate visibility and oversight of funding needs and 
financial management across the Group.
Operational risk
The Group defines operational risk as that resulting from 
inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems 
or from external events. Broad operational risk is present in all 
of the Group’s activities and is managed in the first instance 
through the controls built into the Group’s systems and 
processes and by the active oversight and management of 
business executives, supported by the Group’s risk function. 
The Group recognises that operational risk, in its many forms, 
is an inherent feature of its business profile and is committed 
to managing it in line with its Risk Appetite Statement and 
through the overall risk management framework overseen by 
the Board and the Audit and Risk Committee.
Operating and financial review (continued)
Financial position
21
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT

Sustainability 
report

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
MA Financial Group and its subsidiaries (Group) recognise that integrating Environmental, 
Social and Governance (ESG) factors into our operations, investment decision-making and 
asset ownership is key to our purpose, which is to create sustainable, long-term value for 
our clients.
This report provides insight into our sustainability procedures 
and practices, progress made in FY24 and outlines focus areas 
for future development. 
We recognises that ESG issues evolve and mature and are 
committed to understanding the interests and expectations 
of all its stakeholders. The Group tries to take a practical 
approach to our sustainability initiatives, which recognises its 
scale and growth aspirations.
Materiality assessment
The Group uses a structured Materiality Assessment exercise 
to identify the ESG issues which most influence decision-
making and sustainability priorities. The Group last refreshed 
its Assessment in FY23, noting that it expects to reassess 
materiality every two to three years. The Materiality matrix is 
set out on page 33.
Stakeholder engagement 
This Sustainability Report is intended for a general audience 
of the Group's stakeholders interested in its approach to ESG 
integration. 
As a diversified Group, stakeholders are wide ranging and 
include shareholders, financers, employees, fund investors, 
clients, governments and regulators, and industry groups. 
The Group engages with these stakeholders through a range 
of channels.
Sustainability framework
The Group's sustainability framework contains four pillars and 
illustrates our approach to sustainability. Six pillars were set 
in FY21 and the Group has consolidated these to simplify its 
reporting. In doing so, the Group confirms the areas of focus 
remain appropriate and relevant.
We are pleased to provide an update on our approach to each of these four pillars.
STRONG GOVERNANCE AND ETHICAL BEHAVIOUR
SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS MODEL AND 
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
•	
Creating sustainable value through effective 
governance, strong ethical practices and accountability 
•	
Overseeing internal and external compliance 
requirements 
•	
Embedding systemic and active risk management in 
our financial services and operations
•	
Detail of how we consider sustainability factors in our 
business strategy, operations, products and services 
•	
Measuring and reporting on our direct and indirect 
emissions 
•	
Understanding the impacts of climate change
•	
Minimising our environmental footprint focusing on 
energy, waste, and water management
TALENT DEVELOPMENT, WELLBEING, 
DIVERSITY & INCLUSION
SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE BEHAVIOUR
•	
Training and developing leadership capability 
•	
Attracting, retaining, motivating, engaging and 
developing our workforce 
•	
Supporting the health, safety and well-being of 
our people 
•	
Promoting and maintaining a diverse and inclusive 
workplace 
•	
Safeguarding the privacy and security of our customers 
•	
Protecting human rights in our value chain
•	
Contributing to our community
23
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Sustainability report
TALENT DEVELOPMENT, WELLBEING, DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION 
1.	
Refers to eligible employees from core business divisions Asset Management, Lending & Technology, and Corporate Advisory & Equities.
Our people
Our people are our business. A combination of insight, attitude 
and integrity is our unique formula for success. Our four key 
drivers motivate our decisions and actions.
The Group has an unwavering belief in the potential of our more 
than 700 people. The Group is committed to providing a work 
environment where employees feel recognised, motivated, and 
have a strong sense of belonging.
In our experience, open and respectful behaviour between 
colleagues is critical to everyone achieving their potential.
In FY24, the Group introduced engagement scoring as part of 
our biennial culture review, resulting in a baseline score of 80, 
(which is considered high in the context of peer benchmarking).
The Group seeks to recognise the hard work and commitment 
of our people and provide fair and practical initiatives 
and benefits to support our employees. The range of 
benefits include:
•	
24/7 access to health advice via Sonder Wellbeing and an 
Employee Assistance Program
•	
Access to gender-neutral paid primary and secondary 
parental leave
•	
Wellness leave of two paid days annually
•	
Salary continuance insurance supporting our staff in the 
event of long-term illness
•	
Comprehensive health checks for executives
•	
Annual flu vaccines
•	
Coffee and after-hours meal service
•	
Staff discounts with a range of different suppliers.
Developing our employees
In FY24, the Group built on the MA Academy programme and 
refined the curriculum, focusing on our emerging leaders.
The Group remains committed to fostering strong links with 
the student community. Our work experience, internship and 
graduate placements provide rewarding opportunities for high 
school and university students from a range of backgrounds 
and faculties. Supplementary to the MA Academy, select 
employees1 completed a minimum of 10 hours of individual 
training in FY24 on topics including financial services, cyber 
security and data protection, and key policies. Division specific 
learning is also provided. Select senior executives underwent 
20 hours of training.
Regular performance reviews and career development 
discussions ensure employees have opportunities to progress, 
upgrade skills and pursue their interests within the Group.

OUR FOUR KEY DRIVERS
CHARACTER MATTERS
We’re powered by good people 
with the right attitude and values.
BETTER WAY?
We’re contemporary thinkers who 
challenge norms, but respect 
experience. 
EDGE HAS A FORMULA
Our edge comes from hard, 
dedicated, diligent work and 
experience. 
CO-CREATORS OF VALUE
Success isn’t a perfect process – 
we’re there for the ups and downs, 
and when our clients win – we win.
24
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Sustainability report
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
1.	
Senior executives include all employees with a title of Vice-President, Executive Director, Managing Director or functional equivalent
2.	 Information provided by employees when onboarding or through self service in our HR Information System
Diversity at MA Financial involves creating a work environment 
which allows all our people to meet their potential and is 
underpinned by respecting and valuing a wide range of 
differences including gender, ethnicity, disability, age, religion, 
sexual orientation, and educational and work experience. The 
Group's Diversity Policy (available on our website) outlines the 
diversity principles, commitment to diversity objectives and 
provides a framework for advancing our diversity goals.
On an annual basis, management monitors and reports to the 
Board on the Group's advancement against these objectives 
with the Board assessing the Group's progress against targets. 
Table 2 illustrates the Group's year-on-year movements on 
gender diversity at different levels of the organisation.
Our diversity principles
•	
Recruit, retain and develop an appropriately diverse and skilled workforce 
•	
Leadership team proactively demonstrating a commitment to diversity through modelling inclusive behaviour
•	
Providing a work environment that values and fully utilises the perspectives and experiences of all employees and directors
•	
Ensuring all practices relating to recruitment, retention, development, promotion and pay are fair and equitable, and do not 
discriminate on the grounds of any protected attribute 
Table 1 – Diversity objectives
Objective/quantitative targets
Baseline (2021)
2024
Achieve and retain a 30% female representation at Board level
25% female
33% female
Achieve and retain a 50% female representation in the business
48% female
45% female
Achieve and retain a 30% female representation in senior executive positions1 
23% female
35% female
Achieve a Culturally and Linguistically Diverse (CALD) status of 40%
35%
38%2 
Table 2 – Gender diversity across organisation
Level
Gender
2021
2022
2023
2024
YOY change
Workforce
Female
48%
48%
47%
45%
↓ 2%
Male
52%
52%
53%
55%
↑ 2%
Senior executives
Female
25%
28%
34%
35%
↑ 1%
Male
75%
72%
66%
65%
↓ 1%
Board
Female
25%
33%
33%
33%
 0%
Male
75%
67%
67%
67%
0%
25
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Sustainability report
The Group encourages improved gender diversity 
and inclusive leadership practices across the sector. 
In FY24, the Group hosted a networking event ‘Next 
Gen Women in Finance’ inviting over 120 young 
female professionals to engage in discussions about 
inclusive culture and driving change. This followed 
highly successful events in FY22 and FY23.
The Group is committed to fair and equitable 
remuneration. Our annual remuneration review and 
discretionary bonus setting process includes an 
analysis and elimination of any identified gender 
pay gaps for comparable roles. The process 
assesses the occurrence of unusual gaps which are 
not accounted for by factors such as experience, 
skills, performance, and others and removes them 
as applicable.
Health and safety
The Group aims to create and maintain a safe 
and healthy workplace, and ensure all activities 
undertaken protect the health and safety of our 
employees, suppliers, visitors and clients as 
applicable. The Group's Work Health and Safety 
(WHS) Policy sets the fundamental principles that 
govern our approach to WHS management. In FY22, 
the Group established a Work Health and Safety 
Committee with a mandate to promote safety and 
health and to consult on issues relevant to health, 
safety, and the welfare of workers.
All staff undergo annual training in respectful 
workplace engagement, and health and safety 
including psychosocial safety.
26
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Sustainability report
STRONG GOVERNANCE AND ETHICAL BEHAVIOUR
The Group is focused on delivering long-term value to its 
clients and partners, our people and our shareholders. As 
set out in our Corporate Governance Statement, the Board 
is responsible for overseeing the management of the Group, 
promoting the long-term interests of the Group and its 
shareholders, and setting the required standards of culture 
and conduct.
The Board comprises six Non-Executive Directors and three 
Executive Directors. Four of the six Non-Executive Directors 
are independent; two are not considered to be independent 
due to their employment by Moelis & Company Group LP which 
is a major shareholder of MA Financial.
The Board has established two standing committees to assist 
it discharge its responsibilities. 
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee (NRC) assists 
the Board to achieve the optimal mix of skill and experience to 
ensure effective decision making and stewardship.
The Audit and Risk Committee (ARC) is focused on the 
integrity of the Group’s financial statements and financial 
controls and its risk management framework.
The NRC and ARC are each chaired by an Independent 
Non-Executive Director and comprise of only Non-
Executive Directors, the majority of which are Independent 
Non-Executive Directors.
MA Financial Group's Corporate Governance 
Statement is available at:
mafinancial.com/about/shareholders/corporate-
governance/charters-constitutions/corporate-
government-statement 
Governance of ESG and risk management
MA Financial Group Limited Board
Oversees the management of ESG risks and opportunities
Impact
Oversees the strategy 
and management of 
the company, including 
environmental and 
social impact
Policy
Approves policies, 
including ESG and risk 
management policies
Risk Management
Annually reviews ARC 
recommendation on 
soundness of risk 
management framework, 
including ESG risks 
Disclosure
Approves the 
Sustainability Report 
incorporated in 
annual reporting
The Board and the Board’s two permanent standing Committees engage on ESG topics relevant to their charters
Audit and Risk Committee
Nomination and Remuneration Committee
Executive
Responsible for assessing ESG risks and opportunities, maintaining and building further a sustainable business model, 
managing each of the identified material topics, and reporting to the Board as appropriate 
27
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Sustainability report
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Sustainability report
The Board approves ESG-related policies and oversees 
the performance of the executive in terms of identifying 
and managing ESG risks and opportunities. 
The Board has determined that with effect from FY25, 
the ARC will also provide oversight of ESG.
Similarly, risk management is a fundamental aspect of 
good governance and a regulatory responsibility. The 
Board is responsible for ensuring the Group maintains a 
risk management framework which identifies all areas of 
potential risk. It reviews the balance between realising 
business opportunities and remaining within the risk 
tolerances set out in its Risk Appetite Statement, which 
includes sustainability risks. The Board is supported by 
the ARC which provides an annual review assessing the 
adequacy of the risk management framework.
The Group's Business Leaders have executive responsibility 
for risk management supported by our core principle that 
risk management is the responsibility of everyone.
The Chief Operating Officer and Risk Director are 
responsible for coordinating the risk management 
framework, for promoting an effective risk culture, and 
for developing awareness of risk management across 
the Group. The Senior Executive Risk Committee meets 
to discuss key risk themes and promotes a positive 
risk culture.
Code of Conduct
The Code of Conduct helps support ethical behaviour and 
effective governance. It applies to all Directors, officers and 
employees of the Group and sets out expectations for how 
we act in the course of our business activities.
Our people confirm periodically their compliance with the 
Code of Conduct and are expected to abide by the highest 
standard of ethical conduct in their relationships with each 
other, investors, competitors, suppliers, regulators and 
the public. The Group expects senior leaders to model and 
positively reinforce our values. A comprehensive framework 
of additional policies that supplement and support the 
Code of Conduct can be found on our website.
MA Sustainable Future Fund
MA’s Sustainable Future Fund (SFF) provides 
wholesale investors with exposure to a diversified 
portfolio of secured loans to established, growth-
stage companies which support a more sustainable 
future through products and services aligned to the 
UN Sustainable Development Goals. SFF reached 
AUM of $136m in FY24, representing 1.32% of 
MA’s total AUM. SFF has supported 13 borrowers 
spanning healthcare, education, transport and 
communications infrastructure including loans 
to a provider of electric vehicle subscription 
and ownership plans to rideshare drivers, and 
an in-home/telehealth after-hours medical care 
consultations provider.
In FY24, SFF was certified by the Responsible 
Investment Certification Program (RIAA). SFF was 
established in FY22 and, in addition to providing 
attractive risk-adjusted returns, aims to support 
a more sustainable future planet and society 
by focusing investment in businesses where 
commercial success creates and multiplies a positive 
sustainability impact, as measured against one or 
more of the United Nations Sustainable Development 
Goals (UNSDGs). A portion of the performance 
fees earned by the Group from SFF is also donated 
to further support UNSDGs, specifically those 
alleviating global poverty and hunger.
RIAA DISCLAIMER:
MA Asset Management Ltd in its capacity as trustee for the MA Sustainable Future Fund has been certified by the Responsible 
Investment Association Australasia according to the operational and disclosure practices required under the Responsible Investment 
Certification Program. See www.responsiblereturns.com.au for details. The Responsible Investment Certification Program provides 
general advice only and does not take into account any person’s objectives, financial situation, or needs. Neither the Symbol nor 
RIAA recommends to any person that any financial product is a suitable investment or that returns are guaranteed. Because of this, 
you should consider your own objectives, financial situation and if the advice relates to the acquisition, or possible acquisition, of a 
particular financial product. Certifications are current for 24 months and subject to change at any time.
28
28
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Sustainability report
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS MODEL AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT 
Sustainable business model
As a diversified financial services business, the Group considers the following as key and common elements to operating a 
sustainable business model in each of its activities.
TRUST AND PROFESSIONAL INTEGRITY
PRODUCT DESIGN AND DISTRIBUTION
As the Group invests, lends and advises, a high 
standard of professional integrity is a critical tenet to 
the sustainability and success of its business. Clients, 
investors borrowers and partners expect the Group 
to act lawfully, ethically and responsibly in respect 
of all the Group's legal. regulatory and counterparty 
engagements. The Group's leaders recognise their role 
in fostering a culture of high professional standards in 
our daily activities. This also extends to high standards 
in data security.
Products which are fit for purpose, appropriately aligned 
to target markets, fair and value adding. This means 
the Group needs to design its products well and be 
timely in addressing any changes to circumstances with 
established products. The Group's activities in product 
design and management are directly linked to trust and 
professional integrity, as well as transparent, timely and 
accurate communication with clients.
RESPONDING TO ISSUES
DEALING WITH SUPPLIERS
This encompasses the Group's ability to assess and 
address emerging issues and effectively handle 
complaints in a straightforward, efficient and fair manner, 
including having effective feedback and complaints 
management processes which inform its product design.
The Group is dedicated to treating its suppliers fairly and 
transparently. The Group values the crucial role they play 
in promoting sustainable business practices. The Group's 
Supplier Code of Conduct ensures compliance with laws 
and regulations, requiring suppliers and their contractors 
to address key risks such as health and safety, 
cybersecurity, privacy, labour laws and human rights.
29
29
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Sustainability report
The Group makes some specific observations below regarding business model sustainability factors in each of 
our businesses.
Asset Management
The Asset Management division specialises in providing 
investment management product for wholesale, retail and 
institutional investors across alternative assets, including 
private credit, real estate, equities, private equity and 
venture capital. In this context, it operates a sustainable 
business model that includes:
•	
The team includes product expertise to ensure the 
product aligns to regulatory and market practices. 
Many of the Group's products are externally rated to 
give investors independent verification of investment 
product attributes. Much of its product is distributed 
via independent financial advisors, which provides a 
layer of independence, ensuring the suitability of the 
product to the end investor.
•	
The Group incorporates ESG factors into its 
investment decision making. The Group has a 
Responsible Investment policy in place for each asset 
class which governs our approach to integration of 
ESG into investing and managing our assets.
•	
Where the Group has operational and financial control 
of many of its real estate assets or direct origination 
and management of loans, it takes a 'hands-on' 
approach to managing these assets. This gives us a 
strong position to exercise responsible stewardship by 
appropriate management of environmental impacts, 
promoting strong governance arrangements and 
ethical conduct towards customers, suppliers and the 
communities in which these assets are based.
•	
The Group continues to uplift its ESG policies and 
processes, including measurement and monitoring. 
The Group actively participates in benchmarking 
itself to industry standards through participation 
in the reporting process of the UN Principles for 
Responsible Investment.
•	
The Group has robust processes for governance, 
including incident and complaints reporting. The 
reporting informs the decision making, including in 
relation to product suitability and enhancements.
Lending & Technology
The Lending & Technology division is comprised of 
mortgage provider MA Money, mortgage broker services 
provider Finsure and Specialty Lending. Operating a 
sustainable business model includes:
•	
In MA Money, product design undergoes rigorous 
consumer lending analysis and advice, is benchmarked 
to market and continually reviewed. The Group 
closely monitors customer complaints. The product 
is distributed through brokers who provide a layer of 
independence and feedback on the product suitability 
which is incorporated into product refinement and 
enhancement. The Group maintains Responsible 
Lending, Customer Complaints and Hardship 
management policies.
•	
In Finsure, a programme of audits of broker conduct 
is undertaken to ensure compliance with appropriate 
lending practices. Major mortgage lenders conduct 
routine audits of broker operations to ensure 
compliance with their lending practices.
Corporate Advisory & Equities
The Corporate Advisory & Equities division provides 
financial advice for clients across mergers and acquisitions 
and strategic advisory, equity and debt capital markets, 
capital structure advisory, equities research and trading. 
The Group measures the sustainability of this business 
by the key metrics of earnings per banker, the number of 
repeat clients and the number of complaints received. The 
Group works hard to maintain a well trained, high quality 
team and the quality of advice provided.
30
30
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Sustainability report
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Environmental impact
Our commitment to sustainability
The Group believes in building a sustainable business 
that benefits all stakeholders – shareholders, employees, 
clients, and the communities it serves. Sustainability drives 
our long-term decisions, ensuring better outcomes for 
everyone involved.
As significant owners in our business, our management applies 
a long-term perspective to decision-making and strategy. 
We integrate Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 
factors into our operations, investment decisions, and asset 
management. 
In relation to Environmental impacts, we see the key elements 
of our activities as:
ASSESS AND 
MEASURE
Integrate environmental factors into 
our assessment decision making, 
including appropriate diligence 
and measurement of impacts. 
Establish a basis for measurement 
of emissions impacts which aligns or 
exceeds regulatory requirements
REDUCE
Develop strategies for reduction of 
emissions 
EDUCATE
Increase the awareness and 
capabilities of our team to contribute 
to a more sustainable future 
1.	
Fuller details of the methodology and assumptions will be available in an updated version of our Emissions Disclosure.
For our MA Financial Group direct activities, we provide the 
following update
Emissions measurement and reductions
In FY23, the Group committed to two emissions reduction 
targets: to deliver net zero emissions by 2050 for our direct 
operations and reduce Scope 1 and 2 emissions intensity per 
employee by 50 percent by 2030.
To help achieve these targets, we completed in FY23 a Climate 
Change Action Plan (CCAP) and in FY24 achieved significant 
year-on-year emissions reductions from implementing the 
recommendation to transition to lower or zero-carbon energy 
supplies for our office energy use.
The overall emissions figure for our direct operations in 
Australia was 2,431 t CO2–e. Our Scope 1 and 2 intensity per 
Australia-based employee was 0.068 t CO2–e.1
Measured emissions in overall terms are down by ~12%, 
reflecting our emissions reduction initiatives, particularly as 
relates to electricity. The intensity per employee metric has 
reduced year on year by ~90%.
The Group will continue to refine and act on its CCAP, in 
conjunction with its responsibilities under Australia’s emerging 
regime for mandatory climate reporting.
MA Financial has closely monitored the development in 
Australia of this new mandatory regime for climate-related 
financial disclosures. The Group plans to commence reporting 
next year as a Group 1 entity in respect of the financial year 
beginning 1 January 2025.
We will advance a set of workstreams to enable compliance 
both for our direct operations and in respect of investment 
funds in scope of the standards, and to improve the scope and 
quality of disclosures – including emissions measurement.
MA Financial is a proud partner of the Ocean 
Lovers Festival – an annual celebration of ideas, 
art, music, and impactful actions, showcasing 
the latest innovations and technology dedicated 
to maintaining a healthy ocean. Our investments 
in marina assets underscore our commitment to 
ocean health and sustainability, aligning seamlessly 
with the festival’s mission to engage communities 
and showcase innovative solutions.
31
31
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Sustainability report
SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE BEHAVIOUR 
The Group recognises the impact we have on the communities 
we operate in and other external parties. Measuring our ESG 
impact helps us continue to increase our positive impacts and 
maintain consistently responsible business practices.
Our vision is to create an environment of enterprise, optimism, 
and partnership. We place the interests of our clients above all 
else, and work together as co-creators of long-term value. We 
know that to achieve this vision we need to be trustworthy in 
our conduct and decision making. We need to be consistent, 
responsible and responsive to stakeholder feedback. Whilst we 
believe this is core to our culture and daily behaviours, we call 
out some specific key areas of focus below.
Privacy and cybersecurity
The Group places a high value on privacy and confidentiality. 
We are committed to measures which protect the security of 
personal data and confidential information that is collected, 
stored, processed, or disseminated by us. The Group’s 
Technology and Data Handling Policy established specific 
requirements for the use of all computing and network 
resources within the business in a responsible, ethical, and 
compliant manner. This, along with the Group’s Privacy Policy, 
also covers the key principles of data privacy, compliance 
requirements, privacy and technology use guidelines within the 
Group. They are reviewed for relevance and accuracy annually.
High standards for privacy require more than just policies and 
guidance. Material improvements continue to be made to the 
Group’s cybersecurity control environment, which is scheduled 
to be externally reviewed again in FY25. Physical controls are 
supported by ongoing employee training in cyber awareness 
and clear, effective arrangements for governance oversight. 
The firm maintains a Data Breach Response Plan to ensure a 
consistent quality of response in the event of a data security 
incident and to discharge various legal, regulatory and client 
obligations. We will continue to ensure our data and cyber 
security capabilities remain contemporary in what continues to 
be an evolving landscape. 
Human rights
The Group conducts business to high levels of ethical and 
professional standards in accordance with relevant laws in the 
countries where we operate. We have no tolerance for any form 
of modern slavery within our business or supply chain.
The Group’s approach to modern slavery is set out in its Modern 
Slavery Policy and the Modern Slavery Statement (dated June 
2024), available on the Group’s website.
Tier 1 risk assessments of the Group’s supply chain were 
conducted in FY24 and have not identified any instance of 
modern slavery or areas of significant concern. All other 
objectives set out for FY24 in the Modern Slavery Statement 
have been met.
Responsible product offering
The Group is committed to accurately disclosing the features 
and risk profiles of its products. For our retail products, we 
design and distribute in accordance with a defined target 
market which we have carefully assessed. This commitment is 
a matter of policy and a typically also a requirement of law and 
regulation in the markets where we operate.
In Asset Management, a Product Governance Committee 
comprising of Product, Distribution, Investment and Legal & 
Compliance teams has been established to oversee design and 
distribution for all registered managed investment schemes. Its 
primary objective is to ensure that an appropriate target market 
determination (TMD) for investors for a product is agreed and 
that the product is designed and distributed in accordance 
with agreed TMD parameters. It monitors changes that may be 
required to a TMD during the course of a product’s lifecycle.
Product offering documentation in respect of all Asset 
Management funds is carefully prepared and subject to robust 
review and verification processes which includes Legal & 
Compliance review. This is to ensure that the features of a 
product and its associated risks are appropriately disclosed. 
Further, ongoing updates are provided to investors of all of 
our products so as to ensure that they remain informed of key 
developments impacting their investment(s) over the course of 
its lifecycle. 
To the extent the Asset Management business uses distribution 
partners or other intermediaries, the third parties are required 
by contract to comply with law and any other policies issued 
from time to time.
Asset Management’s independent compliance committee, 
along with its trustee/responsible entity Board, oversees the 
compliance framework for all registered managed investment 
schemes. Included in this is oversight over incidents/breaches 
and client complaints in relation to products for the division.
Responsible lending
The Group operates a wide range of businesses where we 
recognise duties to act responsibly, above and beyond our 
product offering responsibilities noted above.
Consumer credit: The Group is committed to responsible 
lending practices. For example, MA Money will only make home 
loans which are suitable for borrowers, having reference to 
their requirements and objectives and their ability to repay. MA 
Money also supports its customers that may be facing financial 
hardship, with a dedicated Hardship Team on hand to listen 
and provide tailored solutions based on borrowers’ individual 
circumstances. Our Specialty Lending business is focused on 
the provision of legal disbursement loans. Legal disbursement 
loans are made available to a specific set of consumers and are 
not broadly distributed.
32
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Sustainability report
Responsible conduct
Hospitality: Our Hospitality platform, Redcape Hospitality, 
manages several hospitality funds including Redcape Hotel 
Group, and recognises its obligation to ensure customers 
experience safe and sociable venues, and responsibly 
enjoy the beverage and entertainment offerings. MA Hotel 
Management’s approach to the service of alcohol, problem 
gaming and harm minimisation is articulated in its Responsible 
Service Policy, available on the Redcape website.
Redcape also supports local communities and their initiatives 
through its ‘Publinc Communities Programme’ which 
has an objective of enriching local communities through 
lasting impact.
Community investment
At MA Financial, fairness and generosity are fundamental to 
our ethos. In FY18, we established the MA Foundation with a 
clear mission: to champion community initiatives that resonate 
with the values and interests shared across our Group. Our 
Foundation’s vision, impactful partnerships, robust staff 
engagement, and a steadfast commitment to the broader ESG 
agenda, guides our community investment approach.
Sine inception, the Foundation has donated over $8.5 million to 
more than 35 charities. The Foundation has three Community 
Partners: GO Foundation, BackTrack and Mirabel Foundation. 
Through the collaborative efforts of our MA Foundation 
Committee and matched giving programs, we channel our 
resources towards causes that hold significant importance to 
our staff members.
Looking forward
We are proud of the progress we have made in FY24, and our 
continued focus on the pillars of our Sustainability Framework. 
The development of our practices and procedures within 
these pillars, and our disclosure around them, will continue to 
expand over time. We look forward to sharing our sustainability 
progress with our key stakeholders over future periods.
Sustainability materiality matrix
Our assessment of the most material ESG issues impacting the Group, as described on page 23 is set out below.
ENVIRONMENTAL
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE AND 
BUSINESS MODEL
MOST MATERIAL
Climate risk
Customer data protection
Diversity and inclusion
Stakeholder engagement and 
community giving 
Employment conditions, pay and 
benefits 
Product responsibility 
Responsible marketing
Cyber security and privacy
Risk mitigation
Anti-corruption
Compliance
Values, purpose and accountability
Board skills and composition
MATERIAL
Waste recycling and pollution
Energy and air quality
Supplier environmental performance 
Water
Wellbeing, health and safety
Anti-bullying and 
workplace harassment 
Supplier social performance
Indigenous engagement, 
rights and reconciliations 
Ethical AI
Public policy
LESS MATERIAL
Nature and biodiversity
Forced and child labour
Grievance and remedy
Intellectual property
Fair trading
33
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

Directors’ 
Report

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Directors’ report
The Directors of MA Financial Group Limited (Company) submit their report together with the consolidated Financial Report of the 
Company and its subsidiaries (Group) for the year ended 31 December 2024.
The names and details of the Directors of the Company during the financial year ended 31 December 2024 and as at the date of this 
report are listed below. Directors were in office for the entire year, unless otherwise stated.
Jeffrey Browne	
Independent Chair and Non-Executive Director
Andrew Pridham	
Group Vice Chair
Alexandra Goodfellow	
Independent Non-Executive Director
Simon Kelly	
Independent Non-Executive Director
Nikki Warburton	
Independent Non-Executive Director
Kenneth Moelis	
Non-Executive Director
Kate Pilcher Ciafone	
Non-Executive Director
Julian Biggins	
Joint Chief Executive Officer
Christopher Wyke	
Joint Chief Executive Officer
Jeffrey Browne
Independent Chair 
and Non-Executive Director
Appointed 27 February 2017
Andrew Pridham AO
Group Vice Chair
Appointed 25 May 2010
Experience and expertise
Jeffrey was a senior executive at Nine Network Australia 
from 2006 to 2013, including Managing Director from 2010 
to 2013. He was previously Chair of Carsales.com. Jeffrey 
holds a Degree in Arts from La Trobe University, and a 
Degree in Law from Monash University, Melbourne. 
Other directorships and appointments
Chair of Premoso Pty Ltd (owner of the business of 
Walkinshaw Automotive Group)
President of Collingwood Football Club 
(resigned December 2024)
Chair of Myeloma Australia (appointed November 2024)
Special responsibilities
Chair of the Board (appointed 27 February 2017)
Member of the Audit and Risk Committee (appointed 
27 February 2017)
Member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
(appointed 27 February 2017)
Interests in the Company
Shares: 150,000
Experience and expertise
Andrew has served as a Director since the formation of MA 
Financial Group Limited. He was Chief Executive Officer 
from 2009 to 2020 and has 30 years’ of experience in 
investment banking. Andrew was one of the founders of the 
Company in 2009.
Other directorships and appointments
Chair of Sydney Swans Limited
Adjunct Professor at University of South Australia
Special responsibilities
Director of MA Foundation (appointed 31 October 2017)
Interests in the Company
Shares: Andrew holds 58,351 shares as well as a beneficial 
equity interest in 15,930,390 shares as a result of his 
holdings in the Existing Staff Trusts. As a result of Andrew’s 
ownership of the Trustee of one of the Existing Staff Trusts, 
Andrew has a deemed relevant interest in 16,117,532 shares.
Loan Funded shares: 591,960
35
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Directors’ report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Alexandra Goodfellow
Independent Non-Executive 
Director
Appointed 19 August 2020
Kenneth Moelis
Non-Executive Director
Appointed 7 July 2010
Experience and expertise
Alexandra is Vice Chair of Korn Ferry Australasia and has 
35 years’ experience in executive search and human capital 
consulting. Advising clients at Board, CEO and C-suite 
level, assisting with organisational strategy, succession and 
assessment, executive search and leadership development.
Other directorships and appointments
Vice Chair of Korn Ferry Australasia
Non-Executive Director of Sydney Swans Limited
Special responsibilities
Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
(appointed 19 August 2020)
Member of the Audit and Risk Committee (appointed 
13 December 2022)
Interests in the Company
Shares: 32,371
Experience and expertise
Ken is Chair and Chief Executive Officer of Moelis & 
Company and has 40 years’ experience as a banker and 
executive. Prior to founding Moelis & Company, Ken was 
President of UBS Investment Bank and previously, Head 
of Corporate Finance at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette. 
Ken began his investment banking career at Drexel 
Burnham Lambert. Ken holds a Bachelor of Science in 
Economics and an MBA from the Wharton School at the 
University of Pennsylvania.
Other directorships and appointments
Chair and CEO of Moelis & Company Group LP (Moelis 
& Company)
Non-Executive Chair of the Board of Directors, 
Moelis Asset Management
Member, Wharton Board of Advisors
Member, Ronald Reagan UCLA Medical Center Board 
of Advisors 
Member, Business Roundtable
Member, The Business Council
Special responsibilities
None
Interests in the Company
Ken has no deemed relevant interest in all shares held by 
Moelis & Company. Moelis & Company presently holds 
18,500,000 ordinary shares in the Group.
36
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Directors’ report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Kate Pilcher Ciafone
Non-Executive Director
Appointed 19 August 2020
Simon Kelly
Independent Non-Executive 
Director
Appointed 21 April 2021 
Experience and expertise 
Kate is the Chief Operating Officer and a founding member 
of Moelis & Company. Kate has over 20 years’ experience 
as a banker and operating executive in investment banking. 
She commenced her career with UBS before joining Moelis 
& Company in 2007. Kate holds a B.S. in Commerce with 
distinction from the McIntire School of Commerce at the 
University of Virginia. 
Other directorships and appointments 
Board member of Madison Square Boys & Girls Club 
(appointed September 2024) 
Special responsibilities 
Member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
(appointed 11 August 2021)
Interests in the Company 
None
Experience and expertise
Simon has over 30 years’ experience in strategic, financial 
and general management in Australian listed and unlisted 
consumer businesses. He is Chief Executive Officer of 
technology start-up NoahFace and has previously held 
C-suite level roles at Ardent Leisure, Virgin Australia, Nine 
Entertainment Co., Aristocrat Leisure and Goodman Fielder. 
Simon holds a Bachelor of Economics and Accounting with 
Honours, is a Member of Chartered Accountants Australia 
& New Zealand and Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales.
Other directorships and appointments
None
Special responsibilities
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee (appointed 
21 April 2021)
Interests in the Company
Shares: 95,161
Nikki Warburton
Independent Non-Executive 
Director
Appointed 23 December 2022
Julian Biggins
Executive Director and Joint 
Chief Executive Officer
Appointed 2 February 2017
Experience and expertise
Nikki has 30 years’ experience as a senior marketing 
executive and a board director in automotive, sport, and 
media sectors. She is on the Board of Directors for Greater 
Western Sydney Giants Football Club, Car Expert and 
Cloudwerx, and is a Mentor for The Marketing Academy.
Other directorships and appointments
Non-Executive Director of Greater Western Sydney 
Giants Football Club.
Non-Executive Director of Car Expert and Chair of the 
Remuneration and Nominations Committee 
Non-Executive Director of Cloudwerx
Special responsibilities
None
Interests in the Company
Shares: 20,300
Experience and expertise
Julian was appointed Joint Chief Executive Officer in 
February 2020 and was one of the founders of the company 
in 2009. He has over 20 years’ experience in investment 
banking and asset management leadership roles. He holds 
a Bachelor of Business (Real Estate) and a Bachelor of 
Business (Banking and Finance) from the University of 
South Australia. 
Other directorships and appointments
Director of MA Foundation (appointed 25 July 2023)
Special responsibilities
None
Interests in the Company
Shares: Julian holds a beneficial equity interest in 5,128,167 
shares as a result of his holding in the Existing Staff Trusts.
Restricted and Loan Funded Shares: 2,268,771	
37
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Directors’ report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Christopher Wyke
Executive Director and Joint 
Chief Executive Officer
Appointed 2 March 2020
Company secretaries’ qualifications and 
experience
Janna Robertson
Joint Company Secretary 
Appointed September 2019
Janna has over 25 years’ experience in financial services, 
business operations and transformation. Prior to joining 
the Group she was a partner at Deloitte. Janna holds a 
Bachelor of Business from the University of Technology 
Sydney, is a Member of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in Australia and New Zealand and is a 
graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.
Rebecca Ong
Joint Company Secretary 
Appointed February 2020
Rebecca has over 15 years’ experience as a lawyer in 
the financial services industry, and prior to joining the 
Group was Regional Counsel at UBS, advising its Asset 
Management business across Asia Pacific. Rebecca holds 
a Bachelor of Commerce (Finance)/Bachelor of Laws from 
the University of New South Wales.
Experience and expertise
Chris was appointed Joint Chief Executive Officer 
in February 2020 and was one of the founders of the 
company in 2009. He has 20 years’ investment banking 
experience specialising in restructuring, M&A, equity and 
debt capital markets transactions. Chris has worked at 
J.P. Morgan and UBS in London, Singapore and Sydney. 
He holds a Bachelor of Economics with Honours from 
University College London.
Other directorships and appointments
None
Special responsibilities
None
Interests in the Company
Shares: Chris holds 124,604 shares as well as a beneficial 
equity interest in 4,828,172 shares as a result of his holding 
in the Existing Staff Trusts. As a result of Chris' ownership 
of the Trustee of one of the Existing Staff Trusts, Chris has 
deemed relevant interest in 14,850,000 shares.
Restricted and Loan Funded Shares: 2,279,598
Directors’ meetings
The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of committees of Directors) held during the 
financial year:
Board meeting
Audit and Risk Committee
Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee
A
B
A
B
A
B
Jeffrey Browne
6
6
7
7
4
4
Andrew Pridham
6
6
#
#
#
#
Alexandra Goodfellow
5
6
6
7
4
4
Simon Kelly
6
6
7
7
#
#
Nikki Warburton 
6
6
#
#
#
#
Kenneth Moelis
6
6
#
#
#
#
Kate Pilcher Ciafone
6
6
#
#
4
4
Julian Biggins
6
6
#
#
#
#
Christopher Wyke
6
6
#
#
#
#
A = Number of meetings attended.
B = Number of meetings held during the time the Director held office during the year.
# = Not a member of committee
38
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Directors’ report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Principal activities
The Group is a global alternative asset manager specialising in 
private credit, real estate and hospitality. The Group lends to 
property, corporate and specialty finance sectors and provides 
corporate advice.
In the opinion of the Directors, there were no other significant 
changes to the principal activities of the Group during the 
financial year under review that are not otherwise disclosed in 
this report. 
Results
The Financial Report and results for the years ended 31 
December 2024 and 31 December 2023 have been prepared 
in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, which 
comply with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS). Total comprehensive income attributable to ordinary 
equity holders of the Group for the year ended 31 December 
2024 was $44.3 million (2023: $19.0 million) and the profit after 
tax to ordinary equity holders of the Group for the year ended 
31 December 2024 was $41.8 million (2023: $28.5 million).
Dividends
Subsequent to the year ended 31 December 2024, the 
Directors have resolved to pay a final dividend of 14 cents per 
share, fully franked, for the year ended 31 December 2024. The 
dividend is payable on 20 March 2025.
On 18 September 2024, the Company paid an interim dividend 
of $10.9 million (6.0 cents per share), fully franked, for the 
financial year ended 31 December 2024.
On 20 March 2024, the Company paid a final dividend of $24.7 
million (14.0 cents per share), fully franked, for the financial 
year ended 31 December 2023.
State of affairs
There were no other significant changes in the state of affairs 
of the Group that occurred during the financial year under 
review that are not otherwise disclosed in this report.
Operating and financial review
Please refer to the Operating and financial review section of 
this Annual Report for the following in respect of the Group:
•	
a review of operations during the year and the results of 
those operations;
•	
likely developments in the operations in future financial 
years and the expected results of those operations;
•	
comments on the financial position;
•	
comments on business strategies and prospects for future 
financial years; and
•	
summary of material risks the Group faces in achieving 
its financial objectives, such as cyber risk, regulatory 
change, investment risk, credit risk, volatility in levels of 
business activity, treasury risk and debt management and 
operational risk.
Non-IFRS Underlying Results
The Group also utilises non-IFRS “Underlying” financial 
information in its assessment and presentation of the 
Group’s performance. In particular, the Group references 
Underlying revenue, Underlying Earnings Before Interest, Tax, 
Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA), Underlying Earnings 
Per Share (EPS), Underlying Net Profit After Tax (NPAT), and 
Underlying Return on Equity (ROE).
Underlying EBITDA and Underlying NPAT achieved for the 
year ended 31 December 2024 was $87.1 million (2023: $81.6 
million) and $42.1 million (2023: $41.6 million) respectively.
The Directors place great importance and value on the IFRS 
measures. As such, the Directors believe that, when read in 
conjunction with the IFRS measures, the Underlying measures 
are useful to the reader as:
•	
The Underlying measures reveal the underlying run rate 
business economics of the Group;
•	
The Underlying measures are used by management to 
allocate resources and make financial, strategic and 
operating decisions. Further, all budgeting and forecasting 
is based on Underlying measures. This provides insight into 
management decision making; and
•	
Unless otherwise disclosed, the Underlying adjustments 
have been consistently applied in all reporting periods, 
regardless of their impact on the Underlying result.
The Underlying financial information is not prepared in 
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and IFRS 
and is not audited. Adjustments to the IFRS information align 
with the principles by which the Group views and manages 
itself internally and consist of both differences in classification 
and differences in measurement. 
Differences in classification arise because the Group chooses 
to classify some IFRS measures in a different manner to that 
prescribed by IFRS.
Differences in measurement principally arise where the Group 
prefers to use non-IFRS measures to better:
•	
Align with when management has greater certainty of 
timing of cash flows;
•	
Regulate the variability in the value of key strategic 
assets; and
•	
Normalise for the impacts of one-off transaction costs.
Please refer to note 3 in the Financial Report for a detailed 
reconciliation between the IFRS and Underlying measures.
Likely developments
The Group continues to pursue its strategy of focusing on its 
core operations. In particular, the Group will continue to market 
its managed funds and launch new managed funds with the 
aim of growing assets under management.	
39
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Directors’ report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Events subsequent to reporting date	
There has not arisen in the interval between the end of the 
financial year and the date of this report any item, transaction 
or event of a material and unusual nature likely, in the opinion 
of the directors of the Company, to affect significantly the 
operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the 
state of affairs of the Group, in future financial years.
Environmental regulation
Please refer to the Sustainability Report for details of the 
Group’s Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) 
framework. The Group has policies and procedures in place, 
to identify obligations and notify material breaches, where 
operations are subject to any particular and significant 
environmental regulation under a law of the Commonwealth 
or of a State or Territory. The Directors have determined that 
there has not been any material breach of these obligations 
during the financial year.	
Non-audit services
The Group Audit and Risk Committee has reviewed the details 
of the amounts paid or payable for non-audit services provided 
to the Group during the year ended 31 December 2024 by the 
Company’s auditor, KPMG.
The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit 
services during the year, by the auditor (or by another person 
or firm on the auditor’s behalf), is compatible with the general 
standard of independence for auditors imposed by the 
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed 
in note 39 to the financial statements do not compromise the 
external auditor’s independence, for the following reasons:
•	
all non-audit services were reviewed and approved 
in accordance with the Auditor Independence Policy, 
which outlines the approval process that must occur for 
non-audit services.
•	
none of the services undermine the general principles 
relating to auditor independence as set out in Code 
of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional and 
Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing 
the auditor’s own work, acting in a management or decision 
making capacity for the Group, acting as advocate for the 
Group or jointly sharing economic risks and rewards. 
Indemnification and insurance of Directors, 
officers and auditors
During the year, the Group paid a premium in respect of a 
contract insuring the Directors and officers of the Group 
against liabilities and legal expenses incurred as a result of 
carrying out their duties as a Director or officer. The Directors 
have not included details of the nature of the liabilities covered 
or the amount of premium paid in respect of this insurance, as 
such disclosure is prohibited under the terms of the contract.
The Group has agreed to indemnify all current and former 
Directors, company secretaries and certain officers of the 
Group and its controlled entities against all liabilities to 
persons (other than the Group or a related body corporate) 
which arise out of the performance of their normal duties as a 
Director, company secretary or officer to the extent permitted 
by law and unless the liability relates to conduct involving wilful 
misconduct, bad faith or conduct known to be in breach of law. 
This indemnity extends in the same fashion to individuals who 
serve at the specific direction or request of the Group in an 
equivalent position in certain investment portfolio vehicles.
The Group has not otherwise, during or since the end of 
the financial year, except to the extent permitted by law, 
indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of the 
Group or any related body corporate against a liability incurred 
as such an officer or auditor.
Proceedings on behalf of the Company
No person has applied to the Court under section 237 of the 
Act for leave to bring proceedings on behalf of the Company, 
or to intervene in any proceedings to which the Company is a 
party for the purpose of taking responsibility on behalf of the 
Company for all or part of those proceedings.
Rounding
The amounts in the Directors’ Report and the Financial Report 
have been rounded to the nearest thousand dollars, unless 
otherwise stated, under the option available to the Group 
under Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) 
Corporations Instrument 2016/191.
Auditor’s independence declaration
The auditor’s independence declaration is included at the end 
of this report and forms part of the Directors’ Report for the 
financial year ended 31 December 2024.
Authorisation
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors of MA Financial Group Limited:
Jeffrey Browne
Julian Biggins
Independent Chair and Non-Executive Director
Sydney
20 February 2025
Director and Joint Chief Executive Officer
Sydney
20 February 2025
40
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Letter from the Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee
Dear Shareholders 
As Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, 
I am pleased to present to you the Remuneration report for the 
financial year ended 31 December 2024.
Our objective throughout this report is to provide a clear and 
thorough overview of executive remuneration, including detail 
on the remuneration and performance correlation and alignment 
to short- and long-term objectives. In setting Executive 
remuneration, the Board balances the retention and motivation 
of high performing Executives with aligning behaviours and 
outcomes to sustained growth and the interests of shareholders. 
We benefit from Executives who have a meaningful ownership 
interest in MA Financial which drives alignment between 
Executives and shareholders. With this context we also 
acknowledge the important role of the non-executive directors 
in overseeing appropriate remuneration and reward.
FY24 overview and STI outcomes
The Board is pleased with how the team is executing on the 
strategy to grow the business and build out our strategic 
investments. The underlying growth momentum before strategic 
investments is positive in the key performance metrics. The 
progress in realising strategic investment outcomes is pleasing, 
this year most notably evident in the MA Money investment, 
which started generating positive earnings contribution in H2 
FY24, with meaningful growth expected into FY25. As MA seeks 
to deliver sustainable growth over the long term, our role as a 
Board is to ensure that the remuneration structure strikes the 
appropriate alignment between near and long-term results and 
we believe that we are balancing that tension effectively.
The economic environment in FY24 remained challenging as 
recent years' inflationary impacts continue to affect businesses. 
MA's results reflect a succssful naviagtion of this operating 
context. The MA share price grew ~11% during FY24 and has 
continued to experience strong appreciation since the end of 
the year. The FY24 earnings per share (EPS) result of 26.1 cents 
is in line with market expectations.
I note a few select achievements and performance metrics 
in FY24:
•	
Management performed well in continuing to drive key 
strategic growth areas. Asset Management delivered 
record fund inflows, of $2.2 billion (up 27% on FY23).
•	
Assets under Management grew 12% to $10.3 billion at 31 
December 2024. 
•	
The significant investment made in establishing MA Money 
during FY23 and the first half of FY24 was successfully 
realised. The business delivered a profit with its loan book 
growing 155% over FY24 to $2.1 billion. 
•	
Increased Corporate Advisory activity with advisory revenue 
up 16% on FY23.
•	
MA successfully announced a strategic partnership of a 
Real Estate Credit fund with Warburg Pincus to provide a 
vehicle for institutional investors.
•	
MA completed a culture review during 2024 and I am 
pleased to report an employee engagement score of 80%.
FY24 and FY25 framework changes
Having introduced our current remuneration structure in 
FY21, the Board has periodically reviewed and refined the 
remuneration framework and terms. During FY24, in response 
to our strategic outlook and taking into consideration 
stakeholder feedback following our FY23 Remuneration report, 
a more comprehensive review was undertaken, including 
seeking expert advice and benchmarking. I also engaged with 
shareholders and stakeholders in relation to our remuneration 
practices and framework. In response, we have proposed 
remuneration changes which will be implemented across 
FY24 and FY25. Section 2 sets out the detail about our phased 
approach to these remuneration changes.
Our fundamental remuneration philosophy remains the same, 
including maintaining relatively low fixed annual remuneration 
levels compared with our peer group and as a percentage of 
total remuneration and higher at-risk remuneration, rewarding 
for performance and outperformance that is aligned to 
sustained long term growth and value creation. 
We believe these changes are both appropriate and necessary 
to further enhance the rigour of our remuneration framework. 
As the Group pursues its medium- and long-term growth 
ambitions, we consider these changes will support the 
alignment between remuneration and performance and 
enhance the transparency of associated reporting. We thank 
the numerous stakeholders who have thoughtfully provided 
feedback which has informed our process. 
Final remarks 
The Board is very pleased with the Group performance over 
the last 12 months. I would like to thank our executive team and 
all MA employees for their dedication over the last 12 months 
as without the entire team, our achievements would not have 
been possible.
Looking ahead, continuing dialogue with stakeholders 
is important, both to hear the comparative analysis and 
perspectives from the market and to allow us to engage more 
fully and be challenged on the rationale which underpins 
MA’s approach to remuneration. We are constantly looking to 
balance what the market norms are and what is right for MA’s 
unique context.
We firmly believe that these remuneration improvements will 
serve the Group's next phase of growth and development and 
commend them to your thoughtful consideration. We thank you 
for your support and look forward to our ongoing engagement 
with you during FY25.
Yours sincerely,
Alexandra Goodfellow
Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee
41
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Contents
1.	
Key Management Personnel (KMP) 	
43
2.	
Change to our remuneration framework	
44
3.	
How remuneration is governed	
47
3.1	
Joint CEO Structure	
47
3.2	
Remuneration decision-making	
47
3.3	
Remuneration principles and links to business strategy and performance	
48
3.4	
Key components of remuneration	
50
4.	
Executive remuneration policy and practices	
51
4.1	
Remuneration benchmarking and peer group 	
51
4.2	
Fixed Annual Remuneration (FAR)	
51
4.3	
Short-term Incentive (STI) plan	
51
4.4	
Long-term Incentive (LTI) plan 	
53
5.	
Performance and remuneration outcomes	
56
5.1	
Summary of Group performance	
56
5.2	
STI performance objectives and assessment	
57
5.3	
STI awarded	
60
5.4	
LTI outcome	
61
6.	
Executive contracts 	
62
7.	
Executive remuneration tables	
63
7.1	
Statutory executive remuneration 	
63
8.	
Non-Executive Director remuneration	
64
8.1	
NED remuneration policy and fee structure	
64
8.2	
Total fees paid to NEDs	
64
9.	
Equity instrument reporting	
65
9.1	
Shareholding Policy	
65
9.2	
Loan Funded Shares provided to the Executive	
65
10.	
Other transactions and balances with KMP and their related parties 	
66
10.1	
Movements in Executive equity holdings and deferred shares	
66
10.2	 Movements in Non-Executive Director equity holdings	
67
11.	
Loans to KMP	
67
42
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ABOUT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Remuneration report
1.	
Key Management Personnel (KMP) 
The Directors of MA Financial are pleased to present the Remuneration report (Report) for the Group 
for the year ended 31 December 2024. The Report forms part of the Directors’ Report and has been 
prepared in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the Act).
The Report details the remuneration arrangements for the 
Group’s key management personnel including:
•	
the Non-Executive Directors (NEDs)
•	
the Chief Executive Officers (Joint CEOs) and senior 
executives (collectively the Executive).
KMP are those persons who, directly or indirectly, have authority 
and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the 
activities of the Group.
The table below outlines the KMP of the Group for the year 
ended 31 December 2024 (FY24).
Table 1 – KMP
Name
Position
Term as KMP
Non-Executive Directors
Jeffrey Browne
Independent Non-Executive Chair
Full financial year
Alexandra Goodfellow
Independent Non-Executive Director
Full financial year
Simon Kelly
Independent Non-Executive Director
Full financial year
Nikki Warburton
Independent Non-Executive Director
Full financial year
Kenneth Moelis
Non-Executive Director
Full financial year
Kate Pilcher Ciafone
Non-Executive Director
Full financial year
Executive KMP
Julian Biggins
Executive Director and Joint CEO
Full financial year
Christopher Wyke
Executive Director and Joint CEO
Full financial year
Andrew Pridham
Group Vice Chair
Full financial year
Janna Robertson
Chief Operating Officer
Full financial year
Giles Boddy
Chief Financial Officer
Full financial year
43
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
2.	
Change to our remuneration framework
The Group has evolved its remuneration framework since it 
was established in FY21. Market conditions and stakeholder 
expectations have also changed during this time. In light of 
these changes and considering feedback received following 
the MA Financial Group FY23 result and the Annual General 
Meeting (AGM), the Board has reflected on our remuneration 
practice to ensure alignment with our current and future 
strategic direction. 
Set out in Table 2 below is a summary of the key feedback 
received from shareholders and other stakeholders following 
the AGM. Additionally, the Board has considered other areas 
for enhancement within the remuneration framework, to ensure 
it continues to meet our growth objectives including:
•	
Improved target setting, including alignment with medium 
term growth and measures
•	
An annual review of executive remuneration arrangements, 
as opposed to periodically. As discussed below, this 
includes a re-weight of the Joint CEO remuneration mix 
for FY24 and FY25 to better align to our remuneration 
principles and peer group 
•	
Simplification of disclosures relating to achieved 
performance objectives 
•	
Rebalancing the weighting of STI performance objectives 
to strengthen focus on delivering against the Group’s future 
financial strategic objectives
•	
Opportunity to re-orientate the short-term incentive 
framework to increase the opportunity to reward 
for outperformance
These themes have informed the executive remuneration 
changes spanning FY24 and proposed for FY25 (see tables 3 
and 4). In considering these themes, we have sought to identify 
opportunities to better align our executive framework, whilst 
ensuring there is an appropriate balance with the business 
strategy and complexity for the Group. 
The following table summarises key feedback received 
from shareholders and proxy advisers in the lead up to 
the 2024 Annual General Meeting relating to the FY23 
Remuneration report.
Table 2 – Feedback received
Theme
Description
STI Board discretion 
Improve disclosure on how Board discretion is exercised in determining outcomes
STI threshold
Include minimum STI performance measures
STI disclosure 
Improve disclosure of achievement against individual performance measures
LTI prospective vote
Prospective LTI vote on the LTI award outcomes is not typical of market practice and confusing
44
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
The Board has committed to address the feedback above and some areas were enhanced in FY24 (where appropriate and practical) 
with the balance effective in FY25. Below is a summary of changes. 
The following table provides the remuneration changes applied in FY24. 
Table 3 – Remuneration changes applied in FY24
No. 
Description
Feedback addressed / areas 
for enhancement
1
Update our FY21 remuneration peer group for benchmarking purposes and disclose 
the peer group list and guiding principles to the market.
Refer to section 4.1 of this report	
Annual review of Executive 
KMP remuneration 
2
Adopt STI thresholds for each corporate objective. This has the effect of narrowing 
Board discretion. Threshold is reviewed year-over-year against our growth objectives 
for the Group and tested against historical actual outcomes. 
Refer to section 4.3 of this report.
STI threshold & Board 
discretion 
3
Recalibration of the Joint CEOs STI target opportunity downwards to provide room 
for outperformance. This decrease of 22% forms part of changes which will follow in 
FY25 to fixed annual remuneration and the broader remuneration mix.
Refer to section 4.3 of this report.
Annual review of Executive 
KMP remuneration and re-
orientate the STI framework
4
Improve our STI disclosures of the Joint CEOs performance objectives outcomes 
by providing more information around the process of assessing performance 
achievement and disclosing on what circumstances the Board may consider 
exercising discretion and / or where discretion has been exercised, if any. 
Refer to section 5 of this report.
STI disclosure & Board 
discretion 
45
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
The following table provides the remuneration changes for application in FY25. 
Table 4 – Remuneration changes for application in FY25
No. 
Description
Feedback addressed / areas 
for enhancement
1
Annual review of executive KMP remuneration arrangements to ensure they remain 
appropriately aligned to the market and our remuneration principles and framework. 
With effect during FY25 change to Joint CEOs current total remuneration mix to 
bring fixed annual remuneration (FAR) closer to our peer group and to acknowledge 
the Joint CEOs performance since FY21, with reorientation of variable remuneration 
maximums to reflect outperformance. The Joint CEO’s FAR was last increased in 
FY21 and is well below the 25th percentile of our peer group.
The Board has determined the following:
•	
FAR increase from $600,000 to $725,00 effective 1 April 2025 
•	
New FAR remains below the 25th percentile (aligned to MA's remuneration 
philosophy as detailed in section 3.3) 
•	
STI target opportunity recalibrated downward from $1,800,000 to $1,400,000 
for FY24 and FY25 to reset target remuneration opportunity lower and create 
increased opportunity for outperformance. 
•	
LTI target is not changing but maximum is to increase by 14% to reorientate 
towards outperformance. 
For FY25, there are no planned fixed annual remuneration increases for other 
Executive KMP, unless there is a change in scope of role. 
Annual review of Executive 
KMP remuneration and re-
orientate the STI framework
2
Adopt a third STI Group objective to align reward outcomes with medium-term 
horizon of the Group strategy, weighted at 20% and aligned to growth targets. The 
objective will be assessed by the following two measures equally weighted at 10%: 
1.	 Assets Under Management 
2.	 Growth of Mortgage Loan Book
These changes strengthen the link between the medium-term horizon of the MA 
strategy and reward. 
Finally, the overall weighting of these group objectives (previously called corporate 
objectives in FY24) is to increase from 50% to 60%. Individual performance 
objectives1 will decrease from 50% to 40%.
Rebalance the STI weighting 
framework and strengthen 
focus on financial objectives
3
Enhanced and objective STI target setting of group objectives and individual 
performance objectives by articulating for internal purposes threshold, target and 
maximum achievement levels and payout opportunities, aligned to the Group strategy 
and considering desired future and historical business performance. Resulting in 
an improved and clear alignment between remuneration opportunities and required 
performance at threshold, target and outperformance. 
In addition, continue to embed disclosure improvements as to how STI awards are 
determined and the STI target, using a clear group and individual performance 
objectives framework. 
STI disclosure, Improved 
target setting 
4
Approval was received at the May 2024 AGM for the prospective FY25 LTI Grant 
(performance period between 1 January 2025 – 31 December 2028). The Board has 
determined to cease seeking prospective approval. This practice will better align our 
approach to market. This means we will next seek shareholder approval for a LTI grant 
at the 2026 AGM which will be retrospective (for grants with a performance period 
commencing 1 January 2026).
LTI prospective vote
1.	
Non-financial quantitative and qualitative measures of individual performance to assess achievement
46
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
3.	
How remuneration is governed
3.1	
Joint CEO Structure
MA Financial established a Joint CEO structure in March 2020 
following the appointments of Julian Biggins and Chris Wyke 
as Joint CEOs.
The Board considers the Joint CEO structure to be appropriate 
for MA Financial in this current phase of its growth due to 
the following:
•	
Chris Wyke and Julian Biggins are founding members of 
the Group. The Group operates a breadth of businesses 
across three divisions (Asset Management, Lending 
& Technology, Corporate Advisory & Equities) and MA 
Corporate (established to enable the business to scale), has 
operations across Australia, Singapore, USA, China and 
Hong Kong, over 700 employees, and has $10.3 billion of 
assets under management. 
•	
Since the appointment of the Joint CEO structure the 
Group has grown, reflecting the significant broadening 
of our business activities. Key milestones include the 
acquisition of the mortgage technology marketplace 
Finsure, the launch of our technology business Middle, 
the acquisition of a New York based private credit asset 
manager and growth of assets under management from 
$6.9 billion to $10.3 billion (as at 31 December 2024).
•	
Having made significant advances to the Group, today we 
are an active manager of alternative assets. Our investment 
expertise spans Real Estate, Private Credit, Equities and 
Private Equity.
•	
Each CEO brings specific skills and capabilities to allow 
them to focus on managing and growing different parts 
of our diversified businesses, which we believe facilitate 
stronger and more sustainable growth.
•	
Julian is responsible for the Group’s finance, investor 
relations and communications functions, and leading the 
strategy and scaling of all our Real Estate investment 
activities and operating businesses associated with 
real estate. He also leads our Equities and Capital 
Markets capabilities.
•	
Chris has responsibility for our Advisory, Lending & 
Technology and Credit investing activities. He also takes 
responsibility for our risk, legal and compliance functions.
•	
The Joint CEOs share equal responsibility for Asset 
Management and distribution capability and the Group’s 
culture, people and strategy, including acquisitions.
•	
Together, the Joint CEOs are also jointly responsible for 
continuing to determine and drive the growth ambition of 
the Group.
The Board is responsible for assessing the appropriateness 
of the Joint CEO structure to ensure its effectiveness by 
assessing the joint performance of the CEOs annually in 
delivering strong shareholder outcomes.
3.2	
Remuneration decision-making
The Board established the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee (the Committee), which operates under the 
delegated authority of the Board.
The Committee has primary carriage of the Group’s 
remuneration strategy, framework and principles.
The Board, Committee and the Executive work together 
to apply the remuneration governance framework. The 
remuneration governance framework is designed to support 
our purpose, principles, strategy, and long-term approach to 
creating sustainable value for our shareholders, clients and 
the community.
The members of the Committee are listed below. Members 
were in office for the entire year, unless otherwise stated.
•	
Alexandra Goodfellow – Independent Non-Executive 
Committee Chair
•	
Jeffrey Browne – Independent Non-Executive 
Committee Member
•	
Kate Pilcher Ciafone – Non-Independent Non-Executive 
Committee Member.
Remuneration practices were restructured in FY21. The 
approach was refined in FY22 and FY23 and in response to 
stakeholder feedback, we have made further refinements to our 
remuneration framework including STI and long-term incentives 
(LTI) in FY24 to ensure remuneration policies and practices 
remain appropriate and competitive.
The Committee has oversight of remuneration practices and, 
where required, will access specialist external advice about 
remuneration structure and levels and is utilised periodically 
to support the remuneration decision-making process. The 
Committee engaged independent and external remuneration 
advisers in 2024 to undertake a review of our peer group and 
remuneration benchmarking (the last time reviewed was during 
the 2021 financial year). 
The Committee Charter can be found on the Corporate 
Governance page of the Group’s website at mafinancial.com.
47
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
3.3	
Remuneration principles and links to business strategy and performance
The Board recognises the important role people play in 
achieving the Group’s long-term objectives and as a key source 
of competitive advantage. To grow and be successful, the 
Group must be able to attract, develop, motivate and retain 
high performing talent to drive the performance of the Group.
The Group’s purpose is to deliver sustainable, long-term value 
to our clients. The key objectives underpinning our purpose 
are embedded in the Group’s remuneration principles, as 
summarised in the following diagram. These principles serve as 
the guardrails for the remuneration framework.
The Board exercises significant oversight and judgement to 
ensure the appropriate alignment of employees, shareholders 
and client outcomes. In setting remuneration, the Board seeks 
to strike a balance between having a transparent, aligned and 
structured remuneration framework, whilst retaining some 
discretion in limited circumstances (as described in sections 
4.3 and 4.4) to alter remuneration arrangements to deliver fair 
outcomes for Executives, clients and shareholders.
OUR CORE BELIEFS
•	
Our purpose is to create sustainable, long-term value for clients
•	
We believe in unlimited potential. It is an unwavering belief in the potential of our people and our clients
•	
We believe that to consistently deliver, we must be active and expert managers of risk
•	
Our four drivers motivate our decisions and actions:
CHARACTER MATTERS
We’re powered by good 
people with the right 
attitude and values.
BETTER WAY?
We’re contemporary 
thinkers who challenge 
norms, but respect 
experience. 
EDGE HAS A FORMULA
Our edge comes from hard, 
dedicated, diligent work 
and experience. 
CO-CREATORS OF VALUE
Success isn’t a perfect 
process – we’re there for 
the ups and downs, and 
when our clients win – 
we win.
REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES
Attract, motivate 
and retain a high 
performance 
Executive team 
to drive the 
performance of 
the Group relative 
to peers. 
Align Executive 
performance 
outcomes as a 
collective and 
individually to 
deliver both short, 
medium and long 
term Group results 
and sustainable 
value creation 
Align Group 
outcomes with 
shareholder 
interest through 
an ‘owner’s 
mentality’ and 
long-term delivery 
of earnings per 
share 
Promote and 
reinforce active 
and appropriate 
risk management 
culture ensuring 
alignment to 
the Group’s four 
drivers 
Strive for a 
remuneration 
framework that is 
clear, transparent 
and easy to 
understand 
48
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Table 5 – Executive KMP remuneration framework
Fixed Annual 
Remuneration (FAR)
At-risk
Short-term Incentive
Long-term Incentive
Purpose
To pay for meeting the 
core responsibilities of 
the role in accordance 
with contractual terms 
and conditions of 
employment 
To reward in line with annual performance 
achievement incorporating short-term execution of 
our medium and long-term strategy and creation of 
sustainable shareholder value. 
To reward for execution of the long-
term strategy and value creation of 
sustainable long-term shareholder 
value and reinforce an ownership. 
Structure
Base salary, 
compulsory 
superannuation and 
other non-monetary 
benefits. 
Delivered as:
•	
65% paid as cash
•	
35% deferred into shares, as follows:
	–
One third for 1 year
	–
One third for 2 years
	–
One third for 3 years.
Annual grant of loan funded shares 
funded by an interest-free limited 
recourse loan, with vesting subject to a 
4-year performance period.
Approach
Set at a comparatively 
low level (around 25th 
percentile) relative to 
our peer group. 
FAR is a smaller 
proportion of the total 
remuneration mix. 
Reviewed annually 
against our relevant 
peer group as 
one input into 
remuneration 
decisions. 
Balanced 
consideration 
to various other 
factors is also given 
(refer to section 4.1 
of this report)
 
Opportunity:
Joint CEOs
•	
Target: 233% of FAR 
Other Executive KMP
•	
Target: 100% of FAR 
Performance assessment:
Performance period: 1 year 
Incentive weightings:
•	
50% Corporate objectives (financial): 
	–
Underlying EPS and ROE (25% each)
•	
50% Individual performance objectives (non-
financial): 
	–
Various 
In line with feedback, corporate objectives use a 
threshold performance achievement. Executives 
must meet threshold for ROE and EPS, otherwise the 
reward outcome results in no payout.
Opportunity:
Joint CEOs
•	
Target: 167% of FAR 
•	
Maximum: 175% of FAR
Other Executive KMP
•	
Target: 100% of FAR
Performance assessment:
•	
Compound Annual Growth 
Rate (CAGR) EPS growth on 
a sliding scale
Our peer group
A balanced list of 20 ASX listed organisations within the Financial sector, including key competitors. Our remuneration peer 
group is reviewed year-over-year. 
In line with the Board’s consideration of other areas for enhancements within the remuneration framework a review of 
the peer group was conducted during 2024. Full details of our benchmarking approach and peer group are included 
in section 4.1.
49
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
3.4	
Key components of remuneration
Remuneration components
The elements of the Executive remuneration framework 
are summarised in the diagram below and detailed in the 
subsequent sections. The framework is underpinned by 
remuneration governance and risk management and subject to 
limited Board discretion (as described in sections 4.3 and 4.4). 
Significant emphasis is placed on variable remuneration (short 
and long-term incentive) and deferrals to ensure the motivation 
and retention of executives whilst aligning to shareholder 
outcomes through measured and responsible business 
building and growth. 
Fixed Annual Remuneration (FAR): Base salary, 
compulsory superannuation and non-monetary benefits.
Short-term Incentive (at risk) (STI): At risk, with 65% 
delivered as cash, with 35% deferred into restricted shares 
vesting over 3 years. Opportunity is set as a % of FAR.
Long-term Incentive (at risk) (LTI): At risk, with annual 
grant of loan funded shares funded by an interest-free, 
limited recourse loan (subject to a 4-year performance 
period measured against Underlying EPS CAGR between 
7.5% and 12% per annum). Opportunity is set as a % of FAR.
Remuneration delivery
FAR
Paid monthly 
STI
March
Share component deferred with one third in Year 3, 
one third in Year 4 and one third in Year 5
LTI
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Year 6
Cash payment
Equity/Instrument grant
Share vesting
Remuneration mix
The remuneration mix for the Joint CEOs delivers a high proportion of total remuneration as variable ‘at risk’ remuneration.
Remuneration mix at target opportunity
Remuneration mix at maximum opportunity
20%
47%
33%
17%
54%
29%
Fixed remuneration
STI
LTI
50
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
4.	
Executive remuneration policy and practices
4.1	
Remuneration benchmarking and peer group 
Since FY21 (the last time we undertook benchmarking) the 
business and market has significantly changed and we have 
grown in size. Our AUM has grown from $6.9 billion to $10.3 
billion, and we have acquired Finsure and built MA Money. To 
ensure the Board understands our talent market and to make 
sure the Group’s remuneration framework and components 
remains competitive to attract, retain and motivate executive 
talent for our continued growth and expansion we have 
decided to undertake benchmarking annually, no longer 
periodically. This does not automatically mean there will be 
yearly changes to remuneration as benchmarking is used as 
one input into remuneration decisions.
The Board obtained external independent advice and has 
considered the composition of the FY24 benchmarking peer 
group carefully to ensure it is appropriate for establishing fixed, 
variable and total remuneration for executives. Recognising 
that MA Financial Group operates a unique combination of 
diversified business activities and size for which there are 
few direct ASX listed comparators, the Board considered 
companies with similarities which overlap to the Group’s 
characteristics as follows:
•	
Financial size, geography, complexity and operations 
across alternative asset management, lending & 
technology and corporate advisory & equities
•	
Market capitalisation (3-month average)
•	
Total revenue 
•	
Total assets 
•	
Net income 
•	
Other comparative characteristics such as pricing-
earnings-ratio and EPS CAGR
The use of multiple data points ensures a robust peer group, 
reflective of our size and complexity.
Having considered these characteristics and with the support 
of external independent advice, the Board has selected a 
remuneration peer group that is appropriate for inclusion. This 
group is to be retained year-on-year for comparison. Where 
a peer group comparator is no longer considered relevant, or 
other comparators are added, we will disclose these changes.
The remuneration peer group used for benchmarking purposes 
in FY24 are as follows:
AMP Ltd (ASX: AMP)
Challenger Ltd (ASX :CGF)
Insignia Financial Ltd (ASX : IFL)
Bank of Queensland Ltd (ASX : BOQ)
Perpetual Ltd (ASX : PPT)
Australian Finance Group Ltd (ASX : AFG)
Liberty Financial Group (ASX : LFG)
Helia Group Ltd (ASX : HLI)
MFF Capital Investments Ltd (ASX : MFF)
Magellan Financial Group Ltd (ASX : MFG)
Pepper Money Ltd (ASX : PPM)
Latitude Group Holdings Ltd (ASX : LFS)
Centuria Capital Group (ASX : CNI)
Judo Capital Holdings Ltd (ASX : JDO)
HUB24 Ltd (ASX : HUB)
Navigator Global Investments Ltd (ASX : NGI)
Regal Partners Ltd (ASX : RPL)
Qualitas Ltd (ASX : QAL)
HMC Capital Ltd (ASX : HMC) 
Pinnacle Investment Management Group Ltd (ASX : PNI)
As referenced above, remuneration benchmarking data is 
one input into remuneration decisions as the Board takes into 
account a balanced view that includes: 
•	
Our purpose and remuneration principles
•	
The role scope, expertise, criticality and complexity 
including role accountabilities and deliverables aligned to 
the successful execution of the Group’s business strategy
•	
Skills and experience of the individual
•	
Financial and business results
•	
Our Group growth trajectory
•	
Surrounding market conditions and macroeconomic 
environment 
4.2	
Fixed Annual Remuneration (FAR)
In FY24, the Board reviewed FAR for the Joint CEOs and other 
Executive KMP. There were no FAR increases made for FY24. 
The Joint CEOs FAR was last increased in FY21 and other KMP 
in FY22.
4.3	
Short-term Incentive (STI) plan
The below describes the operation of the STI FY24 plan. 
What is the objective of the STI plan?
The purpose of the STI plan is to recognise Executives for 
achieving a combination of Board-approved corporate and 
individual performance objectives that support the execution 
of the Group’s strategy and create sustainable shareholder 
value, in a manner consistent with organisational values and 
risk culture.
Who is eligible?
Joint CEOs and other Executive KMP.
How is it paid?
STI awards are delivered in cash (65%) with a portion deferred 
into restricted shares (35%) according to the extent of the 
performance measures and the Executive KMP achievement.
What is the Performance Period?
STI awards are assessed over a 12-month Performance 
Period aligned with the Group’s financial year (1 January to 31 
December annually).
51
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
How much can the Executive earn?
In FY24, the Joint CEOs had a target STI opportunity of 
$1,400,000 and a maximum opportunity of $1,950,000. The STI 
target opportunity has been recalibrated for the Joint CEOs STI 
downwards to reorientate the STI framework to better reflect 
outperformance and to reposition STI target between the 50th 
and 75th percentiles of our remuneration peer group, rather 
than above the 75th. Our target position with reference to the 
peer group is between 50th and 75th percentile. 
Other Executive KMP have an annual set STI target and no 
maximum opportunity.
STI award outcomes depend on the extent of achievement of 
the applicable corporate and individual performance objectives.
How is performance assessed and what are the 
performance measures?
Performance measures include corporate and individual 
performance objectives (50% each) that align with the Group’s 
strategy and four-drivers.
The Board, with the assistance of the Committee, sets and 
assesses the performance objective measures applicable to 
the Joint CEOs and other Executive KMP. The outcome of the 
assessment determines the STI amount payable to the Joint 
CEOs and other Executive KMP. 
The Joint CEOs set and assess the individual measures 
applicable to the CFO and COO. The Committee reviews the 
outcome of the assessment.
The Corporate objectives applicable to the Joint CEOs and the 
other Executive KMP for FY24, their weightings and link to our 
strategy are listed in table 6 below.
This year in line with the feedback received, the Board 
committed to putting in place clear and objective changes to 
measure performance and reward for continued growth. 
Our targets for each corporate objective measure reflects 
historical outcomes, internal budgets and consensus 
forecasting to ensure a forward trajectory that remains realistic 
but stretching. Above threshold achievement is measured 
on a sliding scale up to target achievement of 100% payout, 
further incentivising for outperformance. Threshold, target and 
maximum measures and the corresponding pay-out sliding 
scale will be reviewed annually against our growth objectives 
for the Group. 
The remaining 50% STI weighting relates to the achievement 
against individual performance objectives that are specific to 
the role and responsibilities of the Executive in the areas they 
control and influence. These objectives are linked to the overall 
strategy and success measures of the Group. 
Details of the FY24 performance and reward outcomes of the 
Joint CEOs and other Executive KMP are detailed in section 5 
of this report. 
Table 6 – STI weighting framework
Objective
Weighting (% of STI)
Rationale why chosen and link to strategy
Corporate objective : 
Underlying EPS
25%
To incentivise profitability growth as a key driver of 
sustainable shareholder returns
Corporate objective : ROE
25%
Delivering long-term competitive investment returns for our 
investors is core to our offering
Individual performance 
objectives 
50%
To assess individual performance on specific areas of 
accountability linked to the Group’s strategy 
Is there a deferral mechanism and why?
Yes.
35% of any STI award is deferred into ordinary restricted 
shares in the Company. The shares vest in equal thirds on 
the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, 
respectively, subject to the recipient’s continued employment.
The number of shares to be allocated is equal to 35% of the 
STI award divided by the face value of Company shares. The 
calculation price is based on the 5 day-volume-weighted 
average price (VWAP) of shares traded on ASX in the five 
trading days up to and including 7 March 2024.
The deferral mechanism ensures that the impact of decisions 
and performance in any one year are sustained over the 
medium–long-term, acts as a retention mechanism, and 
provides the Board an opportunity to reinforce accountability 
through remuneration reductions if necessary.
What happens to STI awards when an Executive ceases 
employment?
Unless the Board determines otherwise or the Executive 
is a Good Leaver (see below), if the Executive ceases to be 
an employee of the Group during the deferral period, their 
deferred STI will be forfeited.
52
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Subject to the Board’s discretion to determine otherwise and 
any applicable laws, an Executive who is a Good Leaver will be 
entitled to retain a pro rata portion of their deferred STI based 
on the proportion of the deferral period that has elapsed as at 
the date on which employment ceases.
Any retained deferred STI will continue to be held subject to 
the rules governing the grant of the deferred STI component 
and will remain subject to restriction until the end of the 
relevant deferral period. The balance of the deferred STI will 
be forfeited.
Good Leaver means a participant who ceases employment 
due to retirement (with agreement of the Board), resignation 
(with agreement of the Board), ill-health, total and permanent 
disablement, redundancy, or death, or the sale by the Company 
of the business in which the participant is employed such that 
it is no longer a member of the Group, as determined by the 
Board, or such other circumstances as the Board may at any 
time determine.
How are dividends treated during the deferral period?
Dividends will be paid to holders of the shares during the 
deferral period.
What happens in the event of a change of control?
The Board has discretion to make a determination to award, 
partially award or adjust LTI in the event of a change of control.
Is there a malus/ clawback provision? 
Yes.
Where, in the opinion of the Board, a participant has acted 
fraudulently, dishonestly, made a material misstatement, 
has engaged in serious misconduct, gross negligence, is 
responsible for material financial losses, has contributed to 
material reputational damage, is in material breach of duties, 
has commenced employment with a direct competitor of the 
Company, the Board may, deem all or some of any deferred STI 
to have been forfeited, adjust conditions applicable to the STI, 
or adjust the participant’s incentive entitlements in respect of 
any future year.
Why does the Board consider Board discretion to be 
appropriate?
At all times, the Board may exercise limited discretion on STI 
awards. The Board acknowledges that selected performance 
measures and formulaic calculations may not provide the right 
remuneration outcome in every situation, leading to occasions 
where the incentive does not reflect true performance and 
overall contributions of the Executive. It is at this point that 
discretion becomes necessary, such that the Board can adjust 
outcomes up or down as warranted.
Discretion will only be applied in a manner that aligns the 
experience of both the Company and shareholders.
4.4	
Long-term Incentive (LTI) plan 
The below describes the LTI FY24 grant which received 
prospective shareholder approval at the 2023 Annual General 
Meeting and was amended at the 2024 AGM. 
Why does the Board consider a LTI plan is appropriate? 
The key objectives of the LTI plan is to:
•	
Align Executive remuneration with the creation of 
sustainable long-term shareholder value
•	
Reward Executives for share price appreciation and 
earnings performance over a four-year performance period
•	
Attract and retain key Executives
•	
Encourage an ‘owner’s mentality’
•	
Provide competitive remuneration aligned with general 
market practice of ASX-listed entities.
Who is eligible? 
Joint CEOs and Executive KMP.
How is the award delivered? 
The LTI award is in the form of Loan Funded Shares.
A Loan Funded Share is a share whose acquisition has 
been fully or partly funded by a limited recourse loan from 
the Company. The loan is provided for the sole purpose of 
participants acquiring shares in the Company. Loan Funded 
Shares granted to eligible participants under the LTI plan carry 
the same rights and entitlements as other shares on issue, 
including voting and dividends.
The loan is ‘interest free’ in that there is no annual interest 
charge to the participant on the loan. However, the notional 
value of this interest is taken into account in the overall 
structure of the program.
The Loan Funded Shares are subject to risk of forfeiture 
during the vesting/Performance Periods and while the loan 
remains outstanding.
How often are awards made?
LTI awards are granted on an annual basis to eligible 
participants. The grant date was in March 2024.
The Board has absolute discretion to determine the frequency 
and timing of grants under the LTI plan.
How much can the Executive earn?
The CEO LTI target opportunity is 167% of fixed annual 
remuneration. The maximum opportunity is 175% of fixed 
annual remuneration.
The other Executive KMP LTI target opportunity is 100% of 
FAR. The maximum opportunity is capped at 100% of FAR. 
53
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
What is the quantum of the award and what allocation 
methodology is used?
The number of Loan Funded Shares granted to an Executive 
is determined by dividing the Executive’s LTI award by the fair 
value of the Company’s shares.
The fair value is calculated as the 5-day VWAP of Company 
shares up to and including the grant date, multiplied by the 
binomial pricing model valuation factor.
The model inputs for Loan Funded Shares granted during the 
year included:
•	
Share price at grant
•	
Binomial factor of 30%
•	
LTI award.
What is the performance period?
4-year performance period of 1 January 2024 to 31 
December 2027.
What are the performance conditions?
Of the total number of Loan Funded Shares granted to an 
Executive, 100% will be subject to a Performance Condition: 
based on a CAGR of Underlying EPS. The award is on a sliding 
scale of 50%–100% award with CAGR Underlying EPS growth 
of 7.5% to 12%.
Why was this structure selected?
This structure was selected by the Board in consideration of 
the Group’s strategic objectives. Specifically:
•	
Use of Underlying EPS aligns Executives to drive profitable 
growth objectives. Underlying EPS growth aligns Executives 
to the strategic objectives to build MA Financial as a 
diversified financial services group in a manner which is 
measured and can be sustained. This determines the size of 
the LTI award
•	
Use of the Loan Funded Share instrument aligns Executives 
to growth in the share price, because the share price 
appreciation from issue to vest determines the value of the 
LTI award
•	
Use of a sliding scale protects against a binary LTI award 
outcome; and
•	
The LTI is 100% subject to a performance hurdle, with 
vesting after 4 years.
The Board will review the performance conditions annually 
to determine the appropriate hurdles based on the Group’s 
strategy and prevailing market practice and conditions.
What is Underlying CAGR and how is it measured?
The definition of average growth in Underlying CAGR is set out 
as follows:
CAGR (%) 
= (
27EPS ) (
1) – 1
N
23EPS
Where:
23EPS = Underlying EPS as at 31/12/23
27EPS = Underlying EPS as at 31/12/27
N = number of years (being 4 years in the plan
The level of vesting of this component will be determined 
according to the following schedule:
Table 7 – LTI vesting condition
Underlying CAGR 
(per annum)
Percentage of Loan 
Funded Shares that vest
Less than 7.5%
Nil
7.5% to 12%
Pro rata between 50% 
and 100% vest
Greater than or equal to 12%
100% vest
What are the restrictions applying to Loan Funded 
Shares?
Loan Funded Shares may not be transferred, encumbered, 
disposed of or otherwise dealt with while they remain subject to 
the above performance conditions, unless permitted by the LTI 
plan rules or determined by the Board.
Once Loan Funded Shares vest, subject to the Company’s 
Trading Policy and applicable law, the Executive will generally 
be able to sell them subject to repaying the loan applicable to 
those shares (or making arrangements acceptable to the Board 
regarding repaying of the loan).
How are dividends treated during the performance 
period?
Any dividends paid on the shares while the shares are restricted 
are applied (on a notional after-tax basis) towards repaying 
the loan. The balance of the dividend is paid directly to the 
Executive to fund their tax liability on the dividends received.
54
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
What happens to Loan Funded Shares when an 
Executive ceases employment?
Unless the Board determines otherwise or the Executive is 
a Good Leaver (see below), if the Executive ceases to be an 
employee of the Group during the performance period, their 
unvested Loan Funded Shares will be forfeited.
Subject to the Board’s discretion to determine otherwise 
and any applicable laws, an Executive who is a Good Leaver 
will be entitled to retain a pro rata number of their unvested 
Loan Funded.
Shares based on the proportion of the performance period that 
has elapsed as at the date on which employment ceases. Any 
retained unvested LTI will continue to be held subject to LTI 
plan rules and relevant performance conditions, and generally 
the Executive will have six months to settle the loan following 
vesting. The balance of unvested Loan Funded Shares will be 
forfeited in satisfaction of the portion of the loan to which the 
forfeited Loan Funded Shares relate.
Good Leaver means a participant who ceases employment 
due to retirement (with agreement of the Board), resignation 
(with agreement of the Board), ill-health, total and permanent 
disablement, redundancy, or death, or the sale by the Company 
of the business in which the participant is employed such that 
it is no longer a member of the Group, as determined by the 
Board, or such other circumstances as the Board may at any 
time determine.
What happens in the event of a change of control?
The Board has discretion to make a determination to award, 
partially award or adjust LTI in the event of a change of control.
Is there a malus/ clawback provision? 
Yes.
Where, in the opinion of the Board, a participant has acted 
fraudulently, dishonestly, made a material misstatement, 
has engaged in serious misconduct, gross negligence, is 
responsible for material financial losses, has contributed 
to material reputational damage, has breached any term 
of the Loan Agreement, is in material breach of duties, has 
commenced employment with a direct competitor of the 
Group, the Board may, deem all or some of any unvested Loan 
Funded Shares as forfeited, adjust conditions applicable to 
the Loan Funded Shares, or adjust the participant’s incentive 
entitlements in respect of any future year.
Why does the Board consider Board discretion to be 
appropriate?
At all times, the Board may exercise limited discretion on 
vesting of LTI awards. The Board acknowledges that selected 
performance measures and formulaic calculations may not 
provide the right remuneration outcome in every situation, 
leading to occasions where the incentive does not reflect the 
true performance and overall contributions of the executive. It 
is at this point that discretion becomes necessary, such that 
the Board can adjust outcomes up or down as warranted.
Discretion will only be applied in a manner that aligns the 
experience of both the Company and shareholders.
55
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
5.	
Performance and remuneration outcomes
1.	
Managed Loans since Finsure acquisition in 2022.
5.1	
Summary of Group performance
FY24 financial performance
The graphs below illustrate the Group’s performance over the past five financial years (including FY24). As remuneration outcomes 
are measured with reference to Underlying and not statutory results, only the Underlying results are presented in this section 5 of 
the Remuneration report. A reconciliation of Underlying results to statutory results is set out in note 3 of the Financial Report.
Additional commentary on the Group’s Underlying financial performance for FY24 is provided in the Operating and Financial Review 
section of the Annual Report.
Underlying revenue ($m)
Underlying EPS (cents)
Underlying ROE (%)
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
157.1
214.8
301.8
269.9
306.6
FY20 FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
23.7
29.6
38.3
26.0
26.1
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
14.6
16.5
15.9
10.5
10.7
Assets under Management ($b)
Share price ($)
Loans under Management ($'m)
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
5.4
6.9
7.8
9.2
10.3
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
$4.75
$8.95
$4.54
$5.52
$6.12
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
150
199
393
983
2,265
Underlying EBITDA ($m)
Dividend (cents)
Managed Loans ($'b)1 
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
57.5
70.9
106.8
81.6
87.1
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
10
17
20
20
20
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
91
110
139
56
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
5.2	
STI performance objectives and assessment
Executive KMP performance is assessed by reference to 
performance objectives that include corporate and individual 
performance objectives aligned to the Group’s strategy and 
four drivers. Objectives, measures and targets are set at the 
beginning of FY24 and approved by the Board.
For FY24, target setting had regard to:
•	
The wider macro-economic context, including the persistent 
inflationary environment, challenges in specific segments 
which we operate in and the Board’s cautious approach in 
trying to forecast any macroeconomic or market recoveries
•	
Our progress in relation to key strategic growth initiatives 
and medium term growth milestones. Whilst the 
financial metrics we set show modest net growth for the 
current year, as a diversified business making strategic 
investments, there was greater emphasis given to the 
composition of earnings and progress to fully deliver on 
strategic investments made and to meet the previously 
communicated medium term targets
The financial targets set reflected an expectation of continued 
strong underlying growth, recognising the wider context for the 
growth. After planned strategic investment spend, the net EPS 
growth at target was 8.4%.
Targets were also reviewed post feedback received from 
stakeholders in relation to the FY23 Remuneration report. 
Importantly, The Board introduced a threshold level of 
achievement for each Corporate objective, which ensures no 
STI payout if threshold achievement is not met.
As detailed in Section 2 of this report, we have committed 
to improving our remuneration framework. As relates to STI 
targets and measures, these changes will be fully implemented 
in FY25. 
The STI scorecard for the Joint CEOs and the Board’s 
assessment of their performance is provided below. Where a 
quantitative target exists the outcome against target has been 
provided. Where the target is qualitative a performance rating 
is provided. 
Table 8 – Corporate objectives
Objective
Weighting
Key metrics / 
achievements 2024 
Result
Outcome
Underlying EPS attributable to shareholders 
25%
Target: 28.3 cps 
Threshold achieved
26.1
63%
Underlying Return on equity (ROE)
25%
Target: 11%
Threshold achieved
10.7%
81%
EPS growth in FY24 was impacted by strategic investment spend, which reduced Underlying EBITDA by $13m and Underlying EPS 
by approximately 6 cents. This investment spend is anticipated to help drive earnings growth through key new strategic initiatives 
including MA Money, the Group’s US Private Credit business. Excluding this strategic investment spending, expenses were up 10%, 
largely reflecting inflationary pressures. The consolidated outcome resulted in EPS and ROE being marginally up on FY23. This 
was slightly short of our EPS and ROE targets (FY24 corporate objectives). The Board is very pleased with the result delivered: the 
strategic investments made are delivering and will contribute to material earnings growth in FY25 and the composition of the result 
aligns with delivering our medium-term growth objectives by the end of FY26.
57
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Table 9 – Individual performance objectives
Strategic and business 
growth initiatives
 Weighting 30%
Outcome: Partially achieved 
Objective
Key metrics / achievements FY24
Leadership and organisational 
structure
•	
Group Executive effectiveness
•	
Cost base management
•	
Finance team structure and impact 
•	
Effectiveness of organisation structure
•	
Manila insourcing strategy implemented
Growth of our Credit and 
Lending activities
•	
Private Credit AUM growth of 31% 
•	
16% revenue growth in Finsure
•	
MA Money achieved its run-rate break even in Q3. 
•	
US milestones were progressed. However integration, product launch, SEC 
licencing timelines were delayed and growth was not in line with strategic plans. 
Objective was not fully met 
Growing out Real Estate 
Management strategies 
•	
Strategic partnership with Warburg Pincus 
•	
Successful reset of Hospitality strategy 
•	
Growth of Alternative Real Estate strategies was pleasing and disciplined, but did 
not fully meet planned growth 
•	
Core Real Estate investment environment remained subdued and did not recover in 
accordance with our plans
In addition to the specific metrics set, the board also had regard to the following non-financial achievements in determining the 
scoring for the strategic and growth non-financial outcome:
•	
Progress in meeting milestones to achieve the medium-term growth targets 
•	
Focus on recurring revenues and expansion of long-term strategic relationships
•	
Delivery of our distribution strategies in relation to expanding institutional relationships, platform admissions and our high 
net worth client engagement strategies and programs 
•	
Consistency of fund investment performance, proactive addressing of any performance issues and quality of 
new investments made
58
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
ESG and risk initiatives 
 Weighting 10%
Outcome: Partially achieved 
Objective
Key metrics / achievements FY24
Leadership of the Group ESG 
Strategy including internal and 
external communication and 
engagement with shareholders and 
key stakeholders 
Environment measures includes 
operational readiness for mandatory 
reporting 
Implementation plan for mandatory reporting has been developed and is in progress 
and on track.
The MA Foundation is a key Social initiative for MA. The Foundation has donated more 
than $8m since inception. In FY24 a staff engagement program (membership, monthly 
salary sacrifice and volunteering) was launched for Australian staff, with 28.6% staff 
participation rate (full time permanent).
Risk Culture and Management Framework related achievements include:
•	
Positive risk appetite awareness survey outcomes
•	
Improved Line 2 risk reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee (ARC), and uplift of 
the Group-wide Assurance program
•	
Material cyber security and data protection uplift and improved NIST scoring
In addition to the specific metrics set, the board also had regard to the following non-financial achievements in determining the 
scoring for ESG and Risk Initiative outcome:
•	
Firm reputation including complaints, litigation and controversies
•	
Effectiveness of Management's response to dealing with risk incidents and issues as they arise
•	
Engagement with stakeholders, including shareholders, investors and strategic partners
Leadership, employee and culture 
initiatives 
 Weighting 10%
Outcome: Achieved 
Objective
Key metrics / achievements FY24
Strong leadership of business, 
demonstrated through strong 
belonging and staff engagement 
with our culture and values, promote 
a strong risk culture, leadership 
cohesion and cross business 
collaboration and an effectively 
functioning leadership team. 
MA Financial Group undertakes a comprehensive independent and externally 
administered review of culture on a biennial basis. The review completed in 2024 
showed the following key metrics: 
•	
Baseline engagement score of 80%
•	
Improvements in the following key measures compared with the 2022 
culture review: 
	–
workforce diversity
	–
staff belonging
	–
staff turnover rates
MA Academy strategy refreshed.
59
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
5.3	
STI awarded
The following table provides the STI award for each Executive KMP for FY24 and FY23.
Table 10 – FY23 and FY24
Executive1 
Year
Target STI
STI award
65% cash
35% deferred
STI awarded 
as % of target 
STI
STI awarded 
as % of 
maximum STI2 
Julian Biggins
2024
1,400,000
1,100,000
715,000
385,000
79%
56%
2023
1,800,000
1,100,000
715,000
385,000
61%
56%
Christopher Wyke
2024
1,400,000
1,100,000
715,000
385,000
79%
56%
2023
1,800,000
1,100,000
715,000
385,000
61% 
56%
Janna Robertson
2024
500,000
350,000
227,500
122,500
70%
-
2023
500,000
350,000
227,500
122,500
70%
-
Giles Boddy
2024
500,000
350,000
227,500
122,500
70%
-
2023
500,000
350,000
227,500
122,500
70%
-
1.	
The Vice Chair has requested not to participate in variable remuneration in FY24.
2.	 Maximum Joint CEO STI opportunity of $1,950,000.
60
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
5.4	
LTI outcome
Our LTI instrument provides strong alignment with our shareholders objectives (to deliver share price growth). This, combined with 
the significant shareholdings of our Executives provides confidence in this team’s focus on future growth and delivering on the 
investments we have made. 
The below describes the LTI FY24 grant which received prospective shareholder approval at the 2023 Annual General Meeting and 
was amended at the 2024 Annual General Meeting.
Table 11 – FY24
Executive1 
LTI award (face value)2 
LTI award as % of FAR
Julian Biggins 
$1,000,000
167%
Chris Wyke 
$1,000,000
167%
Janna Robertson 
$250,000
50%
Giles Boddy 
$500,000
100%
1.	
The Vice Chair has requested not to participate in variable remuneration in FY24.
2.	 The LTIs granted during the financial year were allocated based on the five-day VWAP prior to grant in March 2024.
During FY24, the first tranche of the FY20 LTI Grant (a one-off LTI plan issued to select Executives who joined the Group between 
IPO and the grant in the form of loan funded shares) vested in March 2024. The tranche was subject to a performance condition 
being 8% Total Shareholder Return per annum. Each share that vested following the testing of the performance condition entitled 
the plan participants to one MA share. The TSR was tested at the vesting date on 12 March 2024 and the results of the vesting 
outcome are detailed below. The results were calculated by an external provider and approved by the Board. The second tranche is 
expected to vest in March 2025, subject to the performance condition.
Table 12 – FY24 Performance result
Performance period
Performance condition
% vested
% lapsed
Mar 2020 to Mar 2024
8% TSR p.a.
100%
0%
61
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
6.	
Executive contracts 
Table 13 – Key terms of employment contracts
Executive KMP
Term of contract
Notice period from
the company1
Notice period from
the executive
Julian Biggins
Ongoing
9 months
9 months
Christopher Wyke
Ongoing
9 months
9 months
Andrew Pridham
Ongoing
3 months
3 months
Janna Robertson
Ongoing
3 months
3 months
Giles Boddy
Ongoing
3 months
3 months
1.	
The Group may make payment in lieu of notice and must pay statutory entitlements together with superannuation benefits. No notice 
period or payment in lieu of notice applies if termination was due to serious misconduct. 
For further information on treatment of STI and LTI on cessation, please refer to section 4.3 and 4.4.
62
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
7.	
Executive remuneration tables
1.	
The cash component of bonuses received in respect of FY24 is expected to be paid in March 2025.
2.	 The Board has exercised its discretion of classify Graham Lello as a Good Leaver. He has retained the entirety of his unvested restricted shares and unvested loan funded shares on a pro-rata basis. The initial 
valuation and vesting profile remains unchanged. Equity-based benefits include the accelerated amortisation of the shares and loan funded shares reained as at termination date.
7.1	
Statutory executive remuneration 
The following table provides the statutory remuneration disclosures for each Executive KMP in FY24 which have been prepared in accordance with the Act and Australian Accounting Standards. 
Table 14 – Statutory Executive KMP remuneration table in FY24
Short-term employee benefits
Long-term benefits
Equity-based benefits
Executive
Cash 
salary 
$
Bonus (cash 
component)1 
$
Allowance
$
Annual 
leave
$
Non-
monetary
$
Total 
short-term 
benefits
$
Super-
annuation
$
Long 
service 
leave
$
Bonus 
(deferred 
cash 
component) 
$
Total 
long-term 
benefits 
$
Restricted 
shares 
$
Options & 
rights 
$
Total 
equity-
based 
benefits 
$
Total
remun-
eration
$
Performance 
related 
remun-
eration 
%
Julian Biggins
2024
571,334
715,000
 - 
(21,114)
16,787
1,282,007
28,666
6,041
 - 
34,706
296,464
217,279
513,743
1,830,456
67%
2023
573,654
715,000
750
(89,296)
15,347
1,215,455
26,346
(4,148)
 - 
22,198
497,215
(131,982)
365,233
1,602,886
67%
Christopher Wyke
2024
571,334
715,000
 - 
8,989
15,875
1,311,198
28,666
6,988
 - 
35,654
314,006
217,279
531,285
1,878,136
66%
2023
573,654
715,000
750
(114,916)
15,486
1,189,974
26,346
(4,079)
 - 
22,267
536,930
(131,982)
404,948
1,617,189
69%
Andrew Pridham
2024
571,334
 - 
 - 
(201)
15,425
586,558
28,666
9,600
 - 
38,265
1,837
20,506
22,343
647,166
3%
2023
573,654
 - 
750
(95,586)
14,912
493,730
26,346
(3,931)
 - 
22,415
24,473
(19,869)
4,604
520,749
1%
Janna Robertson
2024
471,335
227,500
1,590
11,100
 - 
711,525
28,666
8,895
 - 
37,561
91,881
121,620
213,501
962,587
46%
2023
473,654
227,500
1,170
8,499
 - 
710,823
26,346
1,431
 - 
27,777
157,103
56,172
213,275
951,875
46%
Giles Boddy
2024
471,335
227,500
1,590
22,780
 - 
723,205
28,666
1,929
 - 
30,595
42,843
84,908
127,751
881,551
40%
2023
389,376
227,500
1,170
18,133
 - 
636,179
23,634
474
 - 
24,108
42,843
 - 
42,843
703,130
38%
Graham Lello2
2024
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
2023
237,354
 - 
 - 
1,826
82
239,262
12,646
(69,267)
 - 
(56,621)
145,624
193,956
339,580
522,221
65%
Total
2024 2,656,672
1,885,000
3,180
21,555
48,086
4,614,493
143,328
33,454
 - 
176,781
747,030
661,593
1,408,623
6,199,896
2023 2,821,346
1,885,000
4,590
(271,340)
45,827
4,485,423
141,664
(79,520)
 - 
62,144
1,404,188
(33,705)
1,370,483
5,918,050
63
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
8.	
Non-Executive Director remuneration
8.1	
NED remuneration policy and fee structure
The Group’s NED remuneration policy is designed to attract 
and retain suitably skilled Directors who can discharge 
their roles and responsibilities required in terms of good 
governance, oversight, independence and objectivity.
The Board seeks to attract Directors with different skills, 
experience, expertise and diversity.
Under the Group’s Constitution and the ASX listing rules, the 
total annual fee pool for NEDs is determined by shareholders. 
The current maximum aggregate NED fee pool of $1,000,000 
per annum was approved by shareholders at the 2020 AGM. 
Within this aggregate amount, NED fees are reviewed annually 
by the Committee and set by the Board.
The Committee reviews NED fees against comparable 
companies within the broader general industry and 
taking into account recommendations from independent 
remuneration advisors.
As indicated in the FY22 and FY23 Remuneration report, 
the Board Committee Chair fees were reviewed in late FY23 
and were effective from 1 January 2024. There were no fee 
increases during FY24. 
The table below summarises the annual Board 
and committee fees payable to NEDs (inclusive of 
compulsory superannuation).
Table 15 – NED fee structure
Role
FY24
FY23
Role
FY24
FY23
Board fees
Chair
280,000
280,000
Committee fees
Chair
45,000
45,000
NED
120,000
120,000
Member
 - 
 - 
The payment of Chair committee fees recognises the 
additional time commitment required by NEDs who serve 
in those positions. The Chair of the Board does not receive 
additional fees for being a member of any Board committee.
NEDs do not receive share options, other performance-
based incentives or retirement benefits, other than their 
compulsory superannuation.
8.2	
Total fees paid to NEDs
Table 16 – Statutory NED remuneration
Cash salary and fees including superannuation 
Non-Executive Director
FY24
$
FY23
$
Jeffrey Browne
280,000
280,000
Kenneth Moelis
 - 
 - 
Alexandra Goodfellow
165,000
165,000
Kate Pilcher Ciafone
 - 
 - 
Simon Kelly
165,000
165,000
Nikki Warburton
120,000
120,000
Total
730,000
730,000
64
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
9.	
Equity instrument reporting
9.1	
Shareholding Policy
In FY22 MA Financial introduced a Minimum Shareholding policy. The policy introduced a minimum level of shareholding as follows:
•	
Non-Executive Directors: 100% of base Directors fees
•	
Executive KMP / Senior Executives: 150% of FAR (excluding superannuation)
Those subject to the policy have three years from commencement of employment with the Group to achieve the minimum holding. 
All Non-Executive Directors, Executive KMP and Senior Executives are in compliance with the policy.
9.2	
Loan Funded Shares provided to the Executive
The following table details Loan Funded Shares that have been issued to the Executive under the LTI plan (refer to section 4.4).
Table 17 – Loan Funded Shares – LTI plan
Balance at
1 Jan 24
Granted as 
remuneration
Vested¹
Vested 
units to be 
exercised
Lapsed
Balance at
31 Dec 24
Julian Biggins
 1,404,901 
 683,957 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 2,088,858 
Christopher Wyke
 1,404,901 
 683,957 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 2,088,858 
Andrew Pridham
 591,960 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 591,960 
Janna Robertson
 745,193 
 170,989 
 (133,333)
 133,333 
 - 
 916,182 
Giles Boddy
 - 
 341,978 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 341,978 
1.	
The first tranche of the 10 year Anniversary LFS grant vested in March 2024.
2.	 LFS holders are given the opportunity to exercise their vested shares during the Group's trading windows during the year. The shares 
otherwise remain restricted until the loan against them has been repaid.
65
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
10.	
Other transactions and balances with KMP and their related parties 
Transactions conducted by KMP (and their related parties) 
during the year with the Company and its subsidiaries, joint 
ventures and associates of the Group are described below. 
In FY19 Mr Pridham and Mr Biggins entered into property 
management service arrangements with the Group on the 
same terms offered to third-party investors in a property 
managed by the Group. Total management fees payable by Mr 
Pridham and Mr Biggins for FY24 amounted to $52,252 and 
$15,538 respectively.
10.1	
Movements in Executive equity holdings and 
deferred shares
The details of equity holdings and deferred shares in the 
Company held by executives (including close family members 
and/or any entity they, or their close family members, control, 
jointly control or significantly influence) are set out in Table 
11 below.
There have been no changes to the terms and conditions of 
these awards since the awards were granted. There are no 
amounts unpaid on any of the shares exercised and all restricted 
shares and rights are exercised automatically when vested.
Table 18 – Equity holdings of Executive KMP
Equity 
instrument¹
Number at 
start of 
year
Granted 
during 
the period²
Vested
Acquired
Disposed
Number at 
reporting 
date
Julian Biggins
Ordinary shares
 5,328,170 
 - 
 112,279 
 - 
 (312,282)
 5,128,167 
Restricted shares
 213,802 
 78,390 
 (112,279)
 - 
 - 
 179,913 
Christopher Wyke
Ordinary shares
 5,028,170 
 - 
 124,604 
 - 
 (199,998)
 4,952,776 
Restricted shares
 236,954 
 78,390 
 (124,604)
 - 
 - 
 190,740 
Andrew Pridham
Ordinary shares
 17,969,675 
 - 
 19,066 
 -  (2,000,000)
 15,988,741 
Restricted shares
 19,066 
 - 
 (19,066)
 - 
 - 
 - 
Janna Robertson
Ordinary shares
 125,646 
 - 
 37,232 
 - 
 (57,232)
 105,646 
Restricted shares
 67,280 
 24,942 
 (37,232)
 - 
 - 
 54,990 
Giles Boddy
Ordinary shares
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
Restricted shares
 - 
 24,942 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 24,942 
1.	
Ordinary share holding includes directly held shares and beneficial interests in ordinary shares as a result of holdings in the Existing Staff 
Trusts (as defined in the Glossary in the Additional Information section of the Annual Report). 
2.	 Restricted shares granted as part of the FY23 short-term incentive award in March 2024.
66
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Remuneration report (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
10.2	
Movements in Non-Executive Director equity holdings
The number of equity instruments in the Company held (directly and nominally) by Non-Executive Directors or their related parties 
(their close family members and/or any entity they, or their close family members, control, jointly control or significantly influence) 
are set out below.
Table 19 – Equity holdings of Non-Executive Directors
Executive
Equity 
instrument
Number 
at start 
of year
Granted 
during 
the year
Vested
Purchased
Disposed
Number 
at signing 
date
Jeffrey Browne
Ordinary shares
150,000
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 150,000 
Kenneth Moelis
Ordinary shares
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
Alexandra Goodfellow
Ordinary shares
32,371
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 32,371 
Kate Pilcher Ciafone
Ordinary shares
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
Simon Kelly
Ordinary shares
95,161
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 95,161 
Nikki Warburton
Ordinary shares
10,000
 - 
 - 
10,300
 - 
 20,300 
11.	
Loans to KMP
There were no loans to KMP during the year. Loan balances under the limited recourse Loan Funded Share Plan represent a 
transaction with a KMP that is an in-substance option and not a loan to the KMP.
67
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
 
 
 
  
KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with 
KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and logo are 
trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by a scheme 
approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 
 
Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under 
Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 
To the Directors of MA Financial Group Limited 
I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of MA Financial 
Group Limited for the financial year ended 31 December 2024 there have been: 
i. 
no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the 
Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and 
ii. 
no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the 
audit. 
 
 
 
 
 
PAR_NAM_01 
PAR_POS_01 
PAR_DAT_01 
 
PAR_CIT_01 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KPMG 
Shaun Kendrigan 
 
Partner 
 
Sydney 
 
20 February 2025 
 
Auditor’s independence declaration
68
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Financial
Report

Contents
Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income	
72
Statement of financial position	
73
Statement of changes in equity	
74
Statement of cash flows	
75
1	
Basis of preparation and material accounting policies 	
76
2	
Application of new and revised Australian Accounting Standards	
78
3	
Segment information 	
79
4	
Fee and commission income	
84
5	
Fee and commission expense	
86
6	
Interest income	
86
7	
Investment income	
87
8	
Employee expenses	
87
9	
Finance costs	
87
10	
Other expenses	
87
11	
Income tax	
88
12	
Cash and cash equivalents	
91
13	
Receivables	
92
14	
Loans receivable	
93
15	
Loss allowance	
94
16	
Contract assets and liabilities	
97
17	
Other financial assets and liabilities	
98
18	
Derivative financial instruments	
100
19	
Property, plant and equipment	
101
20	
Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities	
102
21	
Investments in associates and joint ventures	
104
22	
Intangible assets	
108
23	
Trade and other payables	
110
24	
Borrowings	
111
25	
Provisions	
115
26	
Financial risk management	
116
27	
Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities	
124
28	
Contributed equity	
126
29	
Earnings per share	
128
30	
Dividends	
128
31	
Reserves	
129
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
70
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

Contents (continued)
32	
Share-based payments	
130
33	
Key management personnel compensation	
137
34	
Related party transactions	
137
35	
Acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries	
138
36	
Parent entity disclosures	
141
37	
Deed of cross guarantee	
142
38	
Structured entities	
144
39	
Auditor's remuneration	
145
40	
Commitments	
145
41	
Events after the reporting date	
145
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
71
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
Note
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$'000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$'000
Fee and commission income
4
 896,635 
 765,376 
Fee and commission expense
5
 (641,422)
 (527,031)
Net fee and commission income
255,213
238,345
Share of net profits from associates
21
 8,390 
 2,086 
Interest income
6
 307,873 
 145,051 
Investment income
7
 2,635 
 6,538 
Other income
 2,546 
 750 
Total income
576,657
392,770
Finance costs
9
 245,038 
 115,610 
Employee expenses
8
 182,647 
 166,174 
Depreciation and amortisation
19,20,22
 18,735 
 17,714 
Fund administration and operational costs
 15,750 
 8,047 
Marketing and business development
 14,075 
 13,776 
Information, technology and data
 13,420 
 10,731 
Credit loss allowance
15
 8,221 
 851 
Other expenses
10
 21,897 
 18,950 
Total expenses
 519,783 
 351,853 
Profit before tax
 56,874 
 40,917 
Income tax expense
11
 (15,081)
 (12,400)
Profit after income tax
 41,793 
 28,517 
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:
Fair value loss on investments in equity instruments designated at FVTOCI 
 (3,579)
 (283)
Share of other comprehensive income/(loss) from associates
 2,625 
 (6,300)
 (954)
 (6,583)
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:
Foreign exchange movements on translation
31
 5,587 
 (2,937)
Net loss on cash flow hedges
18
 (2,131)
 - 
 3,456 
 (2,937)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
 2,502 
 (9,520)
Total comprehensive income
 44,295 
 18,997 
Profit attributable to:
Owners of the Company
 41,793 
 28,517 
Non-controlling interests
 - 
 - 
 41,793 
 28,517 
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the Company
 44,295 
 18,997 
Non-controlling interests
 - 
 - 
 44,295 
 18,997 
Earnings per share
From continuing operations
Basic (cents per share)
29
26.0
17.8
Diluted (cents per share)
29
25.0
17.3
The above Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
72
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Statement of financial position
Note
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$'000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$'000
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
12
 177,734 
 180,319 
Receivables
13
 85,682 
 77,366 
Loans receivable
14
 4,535,942 
 2,088,766 
Income tax receivable
11
 - 
 7,192 
Other financial assets
17
 78,446 
 160,920 
Contract assets
16
 811,466 
 705,285 
Property, plant and equipment
19
 3,682 
 4,263 
Investments in associates and joint ventures
21
 61,524 
 50,771 
Other assets
 6,202 
 9,601 
Restricted cash
 700 
 700 
Right-of-use assets
20
 60,345 
 65,983 
Deferred tax assets
11
 2,373 
 739 
Intangible assets
22
 52,435 
 54,292 
Goodwill
22
 142,951 
 141,648 
Total assets
 6,019,482 
 3,547,845 
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
23
 81,293 
 65,089 
Income tax payable
11
 4,110 
 - 
Other financial liabilities
17
 134,129 
 140,020 
Derivative liabilities
18
 4,392 
 - 
Borrowings
24
 4,490,028 
 2,153,496 
Contract liabilities
16
 760,222 
 661,158 
Provisions
25
 43,079 
 40,440 
Lease liabilities
20
 68,383 
 71,510 
Deferred tax liabilities
11
 16,320 
 18,596 
Total liabilities
 5,601,956 
 3,150,309 
Net assets
 417,526 
 397,536 
Equity 
Contributed equity
28
 286,149 
 278,737 
Reserves
31
 51,036 
 44,698 
Retained earnings
 80,341 
 74,101 
Total equity
 417,526 
 397,536 
The above Statement of financial position is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 
73
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Statement of changes in equity
Consolidated
Note
Contributed
equity
$'000
Reserves
$'000
Retained
earnings
$'000
Total equity
$'000
Balance as at 1 January 2023
 275,087 
 54,011 
 80,489 
 409,587 
Profit after income tax
 - 
 - 
 28,517 
 28,517 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
 - 
 (6,583)
 - 
 (6,583)
Foreign currency translation
31
 - 
 (2,937)
 - 
 (2,937)
Total comprehensive income
 - 
 (9,520)
 28,517 
 18,997 
Payment of dividends
30
 - 
 - 
 (34,905)
 (34,905)
Issue of ordinary shares
28
 15,346 
 - 
 - 
 15,346 
Shares vested under deferred shares plan
 10,421 
 (10,421)
 - 
 - 
Share buy-back
 (1,027)
 - 
 - 
 (1,027)
Treasury shares
 (21,269)
 - 
 - 
 (21,269)
Net settlement of staff equity awards
 205 
 - 
 - 
 205 
Equity transaction costs
 (26)
 - 
 - 
 (26)
Share-based payments
 - 
 10,628 
 - 
 10,628 
 3,650 
 207 
 (34,905)
 (31,048)
Balance as at 31 December 2023
 278,737 
 44,698 
 74,101 
 397,536 
Balance as at 1 January 2024
 278,737 
 44,698 
 74,101 
 397,536 
Profit after income tax
 - 
 - 
 41,793 
 41,793 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
 - 
 (954)
 - 
 (954)
Foreign currency translation
31
 - 
 5,587 
 - 
 5,587 
Cash flow hedge movements
31
 - 
 (2,131)
 - 
 (2,131)
Total comprehensive income
 - 
 2,502 
 41,793 
 44,295 
Payment of dividends
30
 - 
 - 
 (35,553)
 (35,553)
Issue of ordinary shares
28
 14,646 
 - 
 - 
 14,646 
Shares vested under deferred shares plan
 9,575 
 (9,575)
 - 
 - 
Treasury shares
 (19,306)
 - 
 - 
 (19,306)
Net settlement of staff equity awards
 2,526 
 - 
 - 
 2,526 
Equity transaction costs
 (29)
 - 
 - 
 (29)
Share-based payments
 - 
 13,411 
 - 
 13,411 
 7,412 
 3,836 
 (35,553)
 (24,305)
Balance as at 31 December 2024
 286,149 
 51,036 
 80,341 
 417,526 
The above Statement of changes in equity is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 
74
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Statement of cash flows
Note
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$'000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$'000
Cash flows from operating activities 
Receipts from customers
786,773
 669,558 
Payments to suppliers and employees
 (757,341)
 (668,386)
Amounts advanced to third parties
 (2,427,533)
 (1,193,179)
Net proceeds from borrowings
 2,278,343 
 1,164,217 
Proceeds from fund unit liabilities
 54,307 
 36,773 
Net payment from settlement of derivatives
 (3,443)
 - 
Interest received
 299,381 
 136,452 
Interest paid
 (227,291)
 (106,298)
Income taxes paid
 (5,654)
 (19,361)
Net cash (outflows)/inflows from operating activities
12
 (2,458)
 19,776 
Cash flows from investing activities
Net proceeds for the sale and acquisition of investments
 1,874 
 15,420 
Distributions received from investments
 7,556 
 11,538 
Net receipts from employee loans
 153 
 495 
Net proceeds from the sale, capital return and acquisition of shares in 
associates and joint ventures
 1,697 
 2,444 
Payments to acquire subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
 - 
 (6,496)
Payments to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
 (6,870)
 (4,115)
Net cash inflows from investing activities
 4,410 
 19,286 
Cash flows from financing activities 
Share issue transaction costs
 (29)
 (26)
Payments for treasury shares
 (4,722)
 (6,101)
Share buy-back
 - 
 (1,027)
Net (payment)/proceeds from exercise of share options
 (516)
 177 
Net proceeds from the loan funded share plan
 3,105 
 205 
Payments of lease liabilities
 (6,897)
 (7,090)
Interest on lease liabilities
 (4,330)
 (4,354)
Net proceeds from borrowings
 42,623 
 49,190 
Dividends paid to shareholders
30
 (35,553)
 (34,905)
Net cash outflows from financing activities
 (6,319)
 (3,931)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
 (4,367)
 35,131 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
 180,319 
 144,589 
Effects of exchange rate movements on cash and cash equivalents
 1,782 
 599 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
12
 177,734 
 180,319 
The above Statement of cash flows is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 
75
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements
1	
Basis of preparation and material accounting policies 
MA Financial Group Limited (Company) is a listed public 
company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled 
in Australia.
The Financial Report for MA Financial Group and its controlled 
entities (Group) for the year ended 31 December 2024 was 
authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the 
Directors on 20 February 2025.
a	
Basis of preparation
This is a general purpose financial report which has been 
prepared in accordance, and complies, with Corporations Act 
2001 (Cth) (the Act), Australian Accounting Standards and other 
authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board (AASB) and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB).
The Financial Report comprises the consolidated financial 
statements of the Group and accompanying notes. MA 
Financial Group Limited is a for-profit company for the 
purposes of preparing this Financial Report. 
The Group has prepared the Financial Report on the basis that 
it will continue to operate as a going concern. The Directors 
have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a 
reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.
Where necessary, comparative information has been restated 
to conform to any changes in presentation made in this 
financial report.
Unless otherwise stated, amounts in this financial report are 
presented in Australian dollars and have been prepared on 
a historical cost basis, except for financial assets that are 
measured at fair value. Historical cost is generally based on the 
fair values of the consideration given in exchange for goods and 
services. The assets and liabilities disclosed in the Statement 
of financial position are grouped by nature and listed in an order 
that reflects their relative liquidity. In the disclosure notes, the 
current/non-current split is between items expected to be 
settled within 12 months (current) and those expected to be 
settled greater than 12 months (non-current).
In accordance with the Act, these financial statements present 
the results of the Group only. Supplementary information about 
the parent entity is disclosed in note 36.
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation 
of this Financial Report and that of the previous financial year 
are set out below and disclosed individually within each of the 
relevant notes in the Financial Report. These policies have 
been consistently applied to all the financial years presented 
and are applicable to both the Group and the Company, unless 
otherwise stated. 
Significant accounting judgements, estimates and 
assumptions
The preparation of the Financial Report requires the use 
of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise judgement in the process of applying 
the accounting policies. The key estimates and assumptions 
that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to 
the recognised amounts are disclosed individually within each 
of the relevant notes to the Financial Report.
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are 
based on historical experience and other factors, including 
reasonable expectations of future events.
b	
Rounding of amounts
Unless otherwise stated, amounts in the Directors’ Report 
and the Financial Report have been rounded to the nearest 
thousand dollars under the option available to the Group under 
ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/191.
c	
Foreign currency
Both the presentation currency and the functional currency 
of the Company and its controlled Australian entities are 
Australian dollars. A number of foreign controlled entities have 
a functional currency other than Australian dollars.
Transactions in foreign currency are translated into the 
functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the
date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated into 
Australian dollars at the foreign exchange rate at the 
Statement of financial position date.
Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at 
historical cost in foreign currency are translated using the 
exchange rate as at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary 
assets and liabilities measured at fair value in a foreign 
currency are translated to the functional currency using 
exchange rates at the date when fair value was determined. 
d	
Goods and services tax
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the 
amount of goods and services tax (GST), except:
(i)	
where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from 
the taxation authority, it is recognised as part of the cost of 
acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of expense; or
(ii) 	 for receivables and payables which are recognised 
inclusive of GST.
The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the 
taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables. 
Cash flows are included in the cash flow statement on a 
gross basis. The GST component of cash flows arising from 
investing and financing activities which is recoverable from, or 
payable to, the taxation authority is classified within operating 
cash flows.
76
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
1	
Basis of preparation and material accounting policies (continued)
e	
Comparatives
Where necessary, for clearer presentation, comparative 
information has been restated to conform to any changes in 
presentation made in this Financial Report. These revisions 
were reported in note 1 of the 2024 Half-Year Financial Report 
and are detailed below:
•	
Statement of financial position, Receivables (note 13) and 
Loans receivable (note 14): $9.1m of interest receivable was 
reclassified from Receivables to Loans receivable. These 
reclassifications are also reflected in Interest rate risk (note 
26.3.2) and Credit risk (note 26.4).
•	
Borrowings (note 24): $54.8m was reclassified from current 
to non-current for the mortgage trust notes.
•	
The Group adjusted its non-controlling interests to 
accurately reflect its level of external unit holdings. In 
addition, remaining non-controlling interests, reflecting all 
external unit holdings in the Group's consolidated credit 
trusts, were reclassified to other financial liabilities. Prior 
year balances were reclassified which resulted in changes 
to the previously reported financial statement line items 
which are set out below:
31 December 2023
As previously 
reported
$’000
Adjustments
$’000
As restated
$’000
Statement of financial position
Assets
Other financial assets
186,939 
(26,019)
160,920 
Total assets
3,573,864 
(26,019)
3,547,845 
Liabilities
Other financial liabilities
102,415 
37,605 
140,020 
Total liabilities
3,112,704 
37,605 
3,150,309 
Equity
Non-controlling interests
63,624 
(63,624)
-
Total equity
461,160 
(63,624)
397,536 
There is no impact to the net assets attributable to ordinary equity holders as at 31 December 2023.
Statement of changes in equity
Due to the reclassification of all non-controlling interests, the statement of changes in equity no longer discloses non-controlling 
interests. There is no impact on the Group’s basic or diluted earnings per share.
77
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
2	
Application of new and revised Australian Accounting Standards
New accounting standards, amendments and 
interpretations that are effective in the current 
financial year
The Group has adopted all of the new and revised Standards 
and Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board (AASB) that are relevant to the Group's 
operations and mandatorily effective on or after 1 January 
2024, including:
•	
AASB 2022–6 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Non-current Liabilities with Covenants
•	
AASB 2022–5 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback
•	
AASB 2023–1 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Supplier Finance Arrangements
The new and revised Standards and Interpretations 
adopted during the year do not materially affect the Group's 
accounting policies or any of the amounts recognised in the 
financial statements.
 
Accounting standards and interpretations issued 
but not yet effective
The AASB have released an Exposure Draft SR1 Australian 
Sustainability Reporting Standards – Disclosure of Climate–
related Financial Information on 23 October 2023. The 
proposed Australian Sustainability Reporting Standards 
(ASRS) have been issued for exposure and comment while 
proposed legislation has been tabled in Parliament under the 
Treasury Laws Amendment (Financial Market Infrastructure 
and Other Measures) Bill 2024 (Cth). 
The effective date of the ASRS depends on the Australian 
Government's proposed timeline for climate-related financial 
disclosures to be mandated in Australia. If the proposed 
timeline is legislated, the effective date for the Group, as a 
Group 1 entity, is the year beginning 1 January 2025.
Meeting the obligations of the ASRS and broader proposed 
climate-related financial disclosures forms a core part of the 
Group's sustainability program.
The following accounting standards and interpretations have 
been issued but are not yet effective.
Standard/Interpretation
Effective for 
annual reporting 
periods beginning 
on or after 
Expected to be 
initially applied 
in the financial 
year ending
AASB 2023–5 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Lack of Exchangeability
1 January 2025
31 December 2025
AASB 2024–2 Classification and Measurement of Financial 
Instruments – Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7
1 January 2026
31 December 2026
AASB 2024–3 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Annual Improvements Volume 11
1 January 2026
31 December 2026
IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements
1 January 2027
31 December 2027
78
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
3	
Segment information 
AASB 8 Operating Segments requires the ‘management 
approach’ to disclose information about the Group’s reportable 
segments. The financial information is reported on the 
same basis as used by senior management and the Board of 
Directors for evaluating operating segment performance and 
for deciding how to allocate resources to operating segments. 
The segment note is prepared on the same basis as the 
Group’s non-IFRS (Underlying) financial measures. Please refer 
to the Directors’ Report for an explanation of why the Directors 
believe the Underlying measures are useful.	
The Board of Directors is considered to be the Chief Operating 
Decision Maker (CODM).
The Group is organised into the following business segments:
•	
Asset Management
•	
Lending & Technology	
•	
Corporate Advisory & Equities (CA&E)
The Corporate Services segment represents the unallocated 
costs associated with the central executives and corporate 
support functions. Items of income and expenses within the 
Corporate Services segment also include the net result of 
managing the Group's liquidity and funding requirements.
3.1	
Services from which reportable 	
segments derive their revenues
The Asset Management segment incorporates the provision 
of asset management services, principal co-investment and 
strategic investments.
The Lending & Technology segment includes lending platforms 
for the provision of loan funding, residential mortgages and 
financial technology including mortgage aggregation services.
The Corporate Advisory & Equities segment provides 
corporate advice, underwriting and institutional 
stockbroking services.
The main items of profit or loss and other comprehensive 
income used by management to assess each business are 
Underlying revenue, Underlying Earnings Before Interest, Tax, 
Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) and Underlying Net 
Profit After Tax.
Information regarding these segments is presented in section 
3.2. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the 
same as the Group’s reporting policies, with the exception of 
adjustments made to the Underlying results.
79
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
3	
Segment information (continued)
3.2	
Segment results
Depreciation, amortisation and net interest expense are not disclosed by segment as they are not provided to the CODM and are 
only reported on a Group basis. Assets and liabilities are not disclosed as they are not provided to the CODM. The following is an 
analysis of segment performance:
Asset
Management
$'000
Lending & 
Technology
$'000
CA&E
$'000
Corporate
Services
$'000
Total
Underlying
segment
$'000
Adjustments⁴
$'000
Statement of
comprehensive
income
$'000
31 December 2024
Revenue¹
 189,646 
 60,821 
 55,724 
 422 
 306,613 
 270,044 
 576,657 
Staff costs
 (83,971)
 (30,906)
 (37,510)
 (22,354)
 (174,741)
 (7,906)
 (182,647)
Non-staff costs
 (22,473)
 (13,009)
 (6,474)
 (2,820)
 (44,776)
 (28,587)
 (73,363)
EBITDA²
 83,202 
 16,906 
 11,740 
 (24,752)
 87,096 
 233,551 
 320,647 
Depreciation and 
amortisation 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (14,256)
 (4,479)
 (18,735)
Interest expense³
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (12,722)
 (232,316)
 (245,038)
Profit before tax
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 60,118 
 (3,244)
 56,874 
Income tax expense
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (18,020)
 2,939 
 (15,081)
Net profit after 
income tax 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 42,098 
 (305)
 41,793 
Other comprehensive 
income 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 2,502 
 2,502 
Total comprehensive 
income 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 42,098 
 2,197 
 44,295 
31 December 2023
Revenue¹
 176,071 
 44,653 
 48,279 
 873 
 269,876 
 122,894 
 392,770 
Staff costs
 (75,754)
 (23,198)
 (34,284)
 (20,535)
 (153,771)
 (12,403)
 (166,174)
Non-staff costs
 (18,094)
 (7,401)
 (7,142)
 (1,903)
 (34,540)
 (17,815)
 (52,355)
EBITDA²
 82,223 
 14,054 
 6,853 
 (21,565)
 81,565 
 92,676 
 174,241 
Depreciation and 
amortisation 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (12,954)
 (4,760)
 (17,714)
Interest expense³
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (9,184)
 (106,426)
 (115,610)
Profit before tax
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 59,427 
 (18,510)
 40,917 
Income tax expense
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (17,828)
 5,428 
 (12,400)
Net profit after 
income tax 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 41,599 
 (13,082)
 28,517 
Other comprehensive 
income 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (9,520)
 (9,520)
Total comprehensive 
income 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 41,599 
 (22,602)
 18,997 
1.	
Revenue refers to total income on the Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.
2.	 Statutory EBITDA is not an IFRS measure but has been presented to provide a comparable measure to the Underlying result.
3.	 Interest expense is referred to as finance costs in the Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.
4.	 Refer to the reconciliation of the Underlying segment to statutory measures.
80
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
3	
Segment information (continued)
3.2	
Segment results (continued)
A reconciliation of the Underlying segment measures to the statutory measures is as follows:
Note
Revenue¹
$'000
EBITDA
$'000
NPAT
$'000
Comprehensive
income
$'000
Statutory result for the year ended 31 December 2024
 576,657 
 320,647 
 41,793 
 44,295 
Differences in measurement
Acquisition and transaction costs
(a)
 - 
 3,119 
 8,977 
 8,977 
Adjustments relating to co-investments
(b)
 1,783 
 1,783 
 1,783 
 2,443 
Adjustments relating to associates
(c)
 (7,298)
 (7,298)
 (7,298)
 (10,671)
Adjustments relating to Lending Trusts²
(d)
 1,095 
 1,095 
 441 
 2,573 
Software development adjustments
(e)
 - 
 717 
 (659)
 (659)
Differences in classification
Adjustments relating to Lending Trusts²
(d)
 (236,940)
 (230,410)
 - 
 - 
Credit investments
(f)
 (8,220)
 - 
 - 
 - 
Interest income
(g)
 (2,557)
 (2,557)
 - 
 - 
Expense allocations
(h)
 (17,907)
 - 
 - 
 - 
Tax on adjustments
 - 
 - 
 (2,939)
 (4,860)
Total adjustments
 (270,044)
 (233,551)
 305 
 (2,197)
Underlying results for the year ended 31 December 2024
 306,613 
 87,096 
 42,098 
 42,098 
Statutory result for the year ended 31 December 2023
 392,770 
 174,241 
 28,517 
 18,997 
Differences in measurement
Acquisition and transaction costs
(a)
 - 
 5,544 
 10,964 
 10,964 
Adjustments relating to co-investments
(b)
 - 
 - 
 - 
 2,427 
Adjustments relating to associates
(c)
 4,024 
 4,024 
 4,024 
 12,838 
Software development adjustments
(e)
 - 
 4,065 
 3,522 
 3,522 
Differences in classification
Adjustments relating to Lending Trusts²
(d)
 (107,759)
 (103,669)
 - 
 - 
Credit investments
(f)
 (851)
 - 
 - 
 - 
Interest income
(g)
 (2,640)
 (2,640)
 - 
 - 
Expense allocations
(h)
 (15,668)
 - 
 - 
 - 
Tax on adjustments
 - 
 - 
 (5,428)
 (7,149)
Total adjustments
 (122,894)
 (92,676)
 13,082 
 22,602 
Underlying results for the year ended 31 December 2023
 269,876 
 81,565 
 41,599 
 41,599 
1.	
Revenue refers to total income on the Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.
2.	 Lending Trusts refers to residential mortgage-backed securitisation trusts, Specialty Lending trusts and Credit Funds in the Priority 
Income Fund strategies that the Group manages and consolidates, excluding amounts attributable to external unit holders.
81
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
3	
Segment information (continued)
3.2	
Segment results (continued)
Differences in measurement and classification
(a)	
The Underlying treatment removes acquisition costs 
related to the acquisition of subsidiaries and costs 
associated with new business transactions, including 
new product initiatives. This includes removing any 
related earn-out cash and share-based payments in the 
Underlying results, that are required to be recognised 
under IFRS as expenses. During the year $3.1 million of 
expenses (31 December 2023: $5.5 million) related to 
acquisition and transaction costs has been removed from 
Underlying EBITDA. Underlying NPAT also excludes the 
non-cash IFRS expenditure relating to the amortisation of 
intangible assets, recognised in a business combination, 
of $5.8 million (31 December 2023: $5.4 million).
(b)	
The Underlying treatment only recognises realised gains/
losses on disposal of financial investments in Underlying 
Revenue. The Underlying treatment does not include 
unrealised gains and losses on financial investments. 
During the year, unrealised losses on financial 
investments of $6.2 million have been excluded from 
the Underlying result (31 December 2023: $0.5 million 
gain). The adjustment also removes the foreign currency 
translation gain for the Group’s offshore entities of $5.5 
million (31 December 2023: $2.9 million loss) and includes 
realised distributions and managements fees received 
from consolidated managed fund investments of $1.7 
million (31 December 2023: nil).
(c)	
The Underlying treatment records dividends and 
distributions receivable from associates in Underlying 
Revenue as opposed to the IFRS treatment of recording 
the Group’s share of accounting profit or loss of an 
associate. Underlying Revenue also recognises the 
realised gains/losses on any disposal of an investment 
in associate.
(d)	
The Underlying treatment records the net distributions 
received from the Lending Trusts in Underlying Revenue. 
As such interest and other expenses are reclassified to 
interest income to reflect this net position. The underlying 
treatment removes the funds managed by the Group 
share of the Lending Trusts expected credit loss provision 
and net profit after tax. Interest rate swaps used to hedge 
the variability in cash flows attributable to movements 
in interest rates in the Lending Trusts, are removed from 
Underlying comprehensive income.
(e)	
The Underlying treatment capitalises and amortises 
certain operational platform and software development 
costs that are required to be expensed per accounting 
standards. 
(f)	
The Underlying expected credit loss (ECL) expenses 
are reclassified from Statutory expense to Underlying 
revenue to be consistent with how management view the 
movement in the value of investments.
(g)	
Interest income on cash and bank balances of $2.6 
million (31 December 2023: $2.6 million) is reclassified to 
Underlying interest expense.
(h)	
The Underlying adjustment reclassifies revenue against 
those expenses that have been recovered to reflect the 
net nil impact to the Group.
82
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
3	
Segment information (continued)
3.3	
Revenue for major products and services
The table below represents a disaggregation of fee and commission income by operating segment:
3.4	
Geographical information
The Group primarily operates in Australia.
3.5	
Information about major customers
No single customer contributed 10% or more to Group revenue 
in 2024 (2023: none). 
Operating segment
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Fee and commission income
Management fees
Asset Management
 95,576 
 98,187 
Distribution fees
Asset Management
 3,192 
 6,415 
Transaction fees
Asset Management
 46,294 
 42,445 
Performance fees
Asset Management
 19,805 
 10,806 
Expense recoveries
Asset Management
 14,298 
 12,051 
Upfront commission income
Lending & Technology
 322,977 
 262,029 
Trail commission income
Lending & Technology
 310,901 
 264,433 
Service fees
Lending & Technology
 23,526 
 19,715 
Corporate advisory services
CA&E
 52,986 
 43,114 
Expense recoveries
CA&E
 220 
 122 
Equity services
CA&E
 6,860 
 6,059 
Total fee and commission income
 896,635 
 765,376 
83
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Accounting policy
Revenue is recognised either at a point in time or over time, 
when (or as) the Group satisfies performance obligations. 
Revenue earned by the Group from its contracts with 
customers primarily consists of the following categories of fee 
and commission income: 
Management fees, performance fees and other fees 
from providing asset management services
The Group earns management fees, performance fees and 
other fees (such as distribution, transaction fees and expense 
recoveries) for providing asset management services for listed 
and unlisted funds, managed accounts and co-investment 
arrangements. The provision of asset management services is 
typically a single performance obligation.
4	
Fee and commission income
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Timing of revenue recognition
At a point in time
Success fees
 45,552 
 37,284 
Upfront commission income
 322,977 
 262,029 
Trail commission income
 307,317 
 261,213 
Other commission income
 3,584 
 3,220 
Expense recoveries
 14,518 
 12,173 
Commission and brokerage income
 6,860 
 6,059 
Facilitation and transaction fees 
 46,294 
 42,445 
Total revenue earned at a point in time
 747,102 
 624,423 
Over time
Retainer fees
 7,434 
 5,830 
Service fees
 23,526 
 19,715 
Performance fees
 19,805 
 10,806 
Distribution fees
 3,192 
 6,415 
Management fees
 95,576 
 98,187 
Total revenue earned over time
 149,533 
 140,953 
Total fee and commission income
 896,635 
 765,376 
Fee and commission income by segment
At a point in time
Asset Management
 60,592 
 54,496 
Lending & Technology
 633,878 
 526,462 
Corporate Advisory & Equities
 52,632 
 43,465 
Total revenue earned at a point in time
 747,102 
 624,423 
Over time
Asset Management
 118,573 
 115,408 
Lending & Technology
 23,526 
 19,715 
Corporate Advisory & Equities
 7,434 
 5,830 
Total revenue earned over time
149,533
 140,953 
Total fee and commission income
 896,635 
 765,376 
84
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
The Group also earns management fees for providing hotel and 
retail property management services that are recognised on a 
straight-line basis throughout the year as the Group considers 
the performance of such services as a series of distinct 
services with a similar pattern of transfer.	
Management and distribution fees are recognised over the life 
of the contract as asset management services are provided. 
Performance fees are based on returns in excess of a specified 
benchmark market return, over the contract period. The Group 
recognises performance fees only to the extent that it is highly 
probable that performance hurdles are met, and a significant 
reversal of cumulative fees to date will not occur.
Transaction and arranger fees are earned for successful 
transactions and arrangements relating to assets and funds 
managed by the Group. Revenue is recognised when the 
transaction or arrangement is completed in line with the terms 
within the underlying agreements.
Upfront commission, trail commission and service fees
The Group provides loan origination services and receives 
upfront commissions on the settlement of loans. Additionally, 
the lender normally pays a trail commission over the life of 
the loan. Upfront commissions are recognised upon the loans 
being settled and receipt of commission, net of clawbacks. 
Commissions may be clawed back by lenders in accordance 
with underlying contracts. These potential clawbacks are 
estimated based on historical data and recognised at the same 
time as upfront commissions.
The Group receives trail commissions from lenders on settled 
loans, originated by authorised brokers, over the life of the loan 
based on the loan balance outstanding. On initial recognition, 
the Group recognises a contract asset at fair value, being the 
expected future trail commission receivable, discounted to its 
net present value in line with the expected value method under 
AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (AASB 15). 
On subsequent measurement, the contract asset is measured 
at amortised cost.
The Group earns subscription income for providing access to 
its proprietary loan origination platform, Infynity, and income 
for providing compliance and administrative services to the 
brokers. The Group recognises the income from these services 
over time as performance obligations are satisfied.
Success fees on mergers and acquisitions, advisory and 
underwriting fees
The Group earns revenue through its role as advisor on 
corporate transactions as well as its role as manager and 
underwriter of equity and debt issuances. The revenue from 
these arrangements is recognised at a point in time, and 
when it has been established that the customer has received 
the benefit of the service and the performance obligations is 
satisfied. This is typically at the time of closing the transaction.
Management of capital raising and underwriting of equity or 
debt issuances are typically satisfied on the allocation date of 
the underwritten securities.
Where contracts contain rights to invoice upon reaching 
certain milestones, the Group assesses whether distinct 
services have been transferred at these milestones and 
accordingly recognises revenue, otherwise the fee recognition 
is deferred until such time as the performance obligation has 
been completed.
Commission and brokerage income
The Group is remunerated for the provision of security trading 
services in line with customer contracts. The brokerage and 
commission income related to this service is recognised on 
trade date and is presented net of any rebates.
Key estimates and assumptions
Performance fees
Determining the amount and timing of performance fees 
to be recognised involves judgement, the use of estimates 
and consideration of a number of criteria relating to the 
fund or managed investment in which the asset(s) are held. 
Performance fees are recognised when it is highly probable 
that a significant reversal of the fee will not occur. Factors that 
are taken into consideration include:
•	
the proportion of assets already realised
•	
returns on assets realised to-date
•	
downside valuation on remaining unrealised assets and 
reliability of those estimates
•	
nature of unrealised investments and their returns.
Trail commission income
On initial recognition, the Group recognises a contract asset 
at fair value, which represents management's estimate of 
the trail commission to be received from lenders on settled 
loans. The use of the expected value approach of estimating 
trail commission income requires significant judgement as 
assumptions are made using a variety of inputs, including 
the expected loan run-off rate and the discount rate, that are 
determined by management (refer to note 16).
Success fees, advisory and underwriting fees
Determining the timing of fees to be recognised from the 
provision of advisory services involves judgement and 
consideration of factors, such as:
•	
determination of identifiable performance obligations
•	
any key milestones that were met and not met
•	
historical recognition fee revenue
•	
whether benefits have been passed to the customer and 
performance obligations have been satisfied.
4	
Fee and commission income (continued)
Accounting policy (continued)
85
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Accounting policy
The Group remits trail commission payments to authorised 
brokers based on the loan balance outstanding and in 
accordance with the individual agreements with the authorised 
brokers and recognises this as a contract liability. The contract 
liability is initially measured at fair value, being the net present 
value of the expected future trail commission payable and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost.
Other fee and commission expense relates to rebates and 
commissions payable which are recognised and calculated in 
line with underlying agreements.
Key estimates and assumptions
Trail commission expense
On initial recognition, the Group recognises a contract liability 
at fair value, which represents management's estimate of the 
trail commission to be paid to authorised brokers on settled 
loans. The use of the expected value approach of estimating 
trail commission payable requires significant judgement as 
assumptions are made using a variety of inputs, including 
the expected loan run-off rate and the discount rate, that are 
determined by management (refer to note 16).
5	
Fee and commission expense
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Lending fee and commission expense
 (612,775)
 (506,739)
Other fee and commission expense
 (28,647)
 (20,292)
Total fee and commission expense
 (641,422)
 (527,031)
6	
Interest income
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Interest income on cash and bank balances
 10,016 
 6,891 
Interest income on loans receivable – effective interest method
 297,663 
 138,042 
Interest income on loans receivable – held at FVTPL
 194 
 102 
Interest income on leases
 - 
 16 
Total interest income
 307,873 
 145,051 
Accounting policy
Interest income is recognised using the effective interest 
method for debt instruments measured subsequently at 
amortised cost. Interest income is calculated by applying 
the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount 
of a financial asset. The effective interest rate is the rate 
that discounts estimated future cash receipts or payments 
(including all fees and points paid or received that form an 
integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs 
and other premiums or discounts), excluding expected credit 
losses, through the expected life of the financial instrument or, 
when appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount 
of the financial asset or liability. 
For financial assets that have subsequently become credit-
impaired, interest income is recognised by applying the 
effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the financial 
asset. If, in subsequent reporting periods, the credit risk on 
the credit-impaired financial instrument improves so that the 
financial asset is no longer credit impaired, interest income is 
recognised by applying the effective interest rate to the gross 
carrying amount of the financial asset.
86
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
7	
Investment income
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Dividends and distributions from investments
 1,502 
 2,683 
Realised gains from disposal of investments
 4,852 
 3,030 
Net gains from financial instruments held at fair value
 418 
 825 
Net losses from derivative financial instruments
 (4,137)
 - 
Total investment income
 2,635 
 6,538 
Accounting policy
Investment income includes gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of investments, derivative financial 
instruments and debt investment securities that are classified at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), and dividends 
or distributions from these investments. Dividends or distributions are recognised when the right to receive a dividend or 
distribution is established, it is probable the economic benefits associated will flow to the Group and it can be measured reliably.
8	
Employee expenses
Salary, superannuation and bonuses
 149,666 
 140,782 
Termination benefits
 3,757 
 3,043 
Amortisation of share-based payments (refer to note 32)
 13,141 
 10,474 
Payroll tax
 8,754 
 7,764 
Other employment expenses¹
 7,329 
 4,111 
Total employee expenses
 182,647 
 166,174 
1.	
Includes leave entitlements, recruitment fees, workers compensation and fringe benefits tax.
9	
Finance costs
Interest on unsecured notes¹
 20,259 
 13,102 
Interest on mortgage trust notes¹
 79,583 
 25,998 
Fund preferred unit distribution¹
 124,032 
 67,995 
Interest on fund unit liabilities
 7,055 
 2,562 
Interest on lease liabilities
 4,330 
 4,354 
Interest on securitised borrowings
 8,493 
 551 
Other finance costs
 1,286 
 1,048 
Total finance costs
 245,038 
 115,610 
1.	
Refer to note 24 for more detail on the unsecured note program, fund preferred units, securitised borrowings and mortgage trust notes. 
10	
Other expenses
Professional services
 8,937 
 7,556 
Insurance
 3,100 
 3,301 
Occupancy and office expenses
 2,865 
 2,956 
Charitable donations¹
 302 
 371 
Other expenses
 6,693 
 4,766 
Total other expenses
 21,897 
 18,950 
1.	
The charitable donations paid by the Group in 2024 and 2023 were principally made to the MA Foundation, a registered charity, and were 
made in response to staff elections.
87
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
11	
Income tax
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
11.1	
Income tax expense
Current tax expense
 (16,941)
 (8,302)
Deferred tax benefit/(expense)
 1,860 
 (4,098)
Income tax expense
 (15,081)
 (12,400)
11.2	
Reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable
Profit before income tax
 56,874 
 40,917 
Prima facie income tax expense at the Australian corporate tax rate of 30%
 (17,062)
 (12,275)
Tax effect of amounts not assessable/deductible in calculating taxable income:
–  Effect of income that is subject to/(exempt from) tax
 1,604 
 (285)
–  Non-deductible expenses
 (348)
 (663)
–  Prior year (under)/over adjustment
 (661)
 95 
–  Foreign tax – controlled entities
 1,281 
 567 
–  Franking credits
 23 
 56 
–  Foreign income tax offset
82 
 105 
Income tax expense
 (15,081)
 (12,400)
11.3	
Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income
Deferred tax expense
Fair value remeasurement of investments
 2,668 
 (793)
Share of revaluations in associates
 (748)
 2,556 
Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income
 1,920 
 1,763 
11.4	
Current tax assets and liabilities
Income tax (payable)/receivable
 (4,110)
 7,192 
 (4,110)
 7,192 
11.5	
Deferred tax balances
Offshore entities
Deferred tax asset
 2,373 
 739 
Tax consolidated group
Deferred tax asset
 15,619 
 15,837 
Deferred tax liability
 (31,939)
 (34,433)
Net deferred tax liability
 (16,320)
 (18,596)
Net deferred tax liability for the Group
 (13,947)
 (17,857)
88
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
11	
Income tax (continued)
11.5	
Deferred tax balances (continued)
Opening
balance
$’000
Opening
balance
adjustments
$’000
Recognised
in profit
or loss
$’000
Recognised
in other
comprehensive
income
$’000
Acquisitions/ 
disposals
$’000
Closing
balance
$’000
31 December 2024
Temporary differences
Property, plant and equipment
 (801)
 - 
 413 
 - 
 - 
 (388)
Contract assets and liabilities
 1,642 
 - 
 730 
 - 
 - 
 2,372 
Financial assets
 1,404 
 - 
 425 
 2,668 
 - 
 4,497 
Investments in associates and 
joint ventures 
 1,135 
 - 
 (1,083)
 (748)
 - 
 (696)
Deferred revenue
 (21,313)
 - 
 (4,098)
 - 
 - 
 (25,411)
Provisions
 3,450 
 - 
 380 
 - 
 - 
 3,830 
Loss allowance
 431 
 - 
 34 
 - 
 - 
 465 
Expense accruals
 3,056 
 - 
 (127)
 - 
 - 
 2,929 
Intangible assets
 (12,319)
 - 
 6,179 
 - 
 - 
 (6,140)
Share-based payments
 4,894 
 - 
 (2,248)
 - 
 - 
 2,646 
Other
 564 
905
480
 - 
 - 
 1,949 
Total
 (17,857)
 905 
 1,085 
 1,920 
 - 
 (13,947)
31 December 2023
Temporary differences
Property, plant and equipment
 (1,215)
 - 
 414 
 - 
 - 
 (801)
Contract assets and liabilities
 - 
 850 
 792 
 - 
 - 
 1,642 
Financial assets
 2,606 
 - 
 (409)
 (793)
 - 
 1,404 
Investments in associates and 
joint ventures 
 (1,716)
 - 
 296 
 2,556 
 - 
 1,136 
Deferred revenue
 (18,429)
 710 
 (3,595)
 - 
 - 
 (21,314)
Provisions
 3,844 
 - 
 (394)
 - 
 - 
 3,450 
Loss allowance
 1,288 
 (189)
 (668)
 - 
 - 
 431 
Expense accruals
 5,609 
 - 
 (2,552)
 - 
 - 
 3,057 
Intangible assets
 (13,791)
 - 
 1,473 
 - 
 - 
 (12,318)
Share-based payments
 5,533 
 - 
 (638)
 - 
 - 
 4,895 
Other
 732 
 (111)
 (60)
 - 
 - 
 561 
Total
 (15,539)
 1,260 
 (5,341)
 1,763 
 - 
 (17,857)
89
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Accounting policy
Tax consolidation
The Company, together with eligible Australian resident wholly 
owned subsidiaries, comprise a tax consolidated group (Tax 
Group) with the Company as the head entity. As a result, the 
Company is subject to income tax as the head entity of the 
Tax Group.
Tax effect accounting by members of the tax group
The consolidated current and deferred tax amounts for the Tax 
Group are allocated to the members of the Tax Group using 
the ‘separate taxpayer within group’ approach, with deferred 
taxes being allocated by reference to the carrying amounts in 
financial statements of each member entity and the tax values 
applying under tax consolidation. Current tax liabilities and 
assets and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses 
and relevant tax credits arising from this allocation process are 
then accounted for as immediately assumed by the head entity, 
as under Australian taxation law, the head entity has the legal 
obligation (or right) to those amounts.
Entities within the Tax Group have applied funding principles 
under which the Company and each of the members of the Tax 
Group agree to pay or receive tax equivalent amounts to or from 
the head entity based on the current tax liability or current tax 
asset of the member. 
Current tax
The current tax payable is based on taxable profit for the year. 
Taxable profit differs from profit before tax as reported in 
the Statement of profit or loss because of items of income or 
expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and items 
that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for 
current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between 
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated 
financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in 
the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are 
generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences.
Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all deductible 
temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that 
taxable profits will be available against which those deductible 
temporary differences can be utilised. Such deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference 
arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than 
in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in 
a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the 
accounting profit.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and 
associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the 
Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference 
and it is probable that the temporary difference will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising 
from deductible temporary differences associated with such 
investments and interests are only recognised to the extent that 
it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against 
which to utilise the benefits of the temporary differences and 
they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the 
end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is 
no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available 
to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates 
that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is 
settled or the asset realised, based on tax rates (and tax laws) 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of 
the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities 
and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow 
from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the 
reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its 
assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a 
legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied 
by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle 
its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.
Current and deferred tax for the year
Current and deferred tax are recognised as an expense or 
income in the profit or loss, except when they relate to items 
that are recognised in other comprehensive income or directly 
in equity, in which case the current and deferred tax are also 
recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, 
respectively. Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the 
initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is 
included in the accounting for business combination.
Tax governance
The Board approved Tax Governance Policy for the Group 
outlines a tax control framework to provide guidance on how 
all tax risks are identified, managed and reported. The Tax 
Governance Policy is supported by tax related procedures and 
processes, which ensure the Group effectively manages its 
tax risk.
Key estimates and assumptions
Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary 
differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that 
future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those 
temporary differences and losses.
11	
Income tax (continued)
11.5	
Deferred tax balances (continued)
90
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Accounting policy
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits 
held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly 
liquid investments with original maturities of three months or 
less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and 
which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. 
The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents is materially 
equal to fair value due to the assets being highly liquid. 
Restricted balances include cash and cash equivalents that 
are not readily available to meet the Group's short-term cash 
commitments. 
12	
Cash and cash equivalents
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Cash and bank balances
 39,998 
 43,108 
Restricted balances
 137,736 
 137,211 
Total cash and cash equivalents
 177,734 
 180,319 
12.1	
Reconciliation of profit for the year to net cash flows from operating activities
Profit after income tax
 41,793 
 28,517 
Adjustments to profit after income tax:
Income tax expense recognised in profit or loss
 15,081 
 12,400 
Share-based payments
 13,141 
 10,628 
Non-cash interest and investment income
 (1,501)
 (2,168)
Share of profit of associates
 (8,390)
 (2,086)
Net foreign exchange gains
 (2,819)
 (599)
Net gains from financial instruments held at fair value
 (418)
 (825)
Realised gains from disposal of investments
 (2,671)
 (3,030)
Gains on disposal of fixed assets
 - 
 160 
Interest expense on leases
 4,330 
 4,354 
Intangible amortisation
 7,337 
 6,272 
Amortisation of right-of-use assets
 9,403 
 9,437 
Depreciation of non-current assets
 1,995 
 1,950 
Total adjustments to profit after income tax
 35,488 
 36,493 
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Change in trade and other receivables
 (8,058)
 331 
Change in loans receivable
 (2,424,837)
 (1,155,050)
Change in other assets
 3,437 
 (473)
Change in contract assets and contract liabilities
 (7,117)
 (8,260)
Change in borrowings
 2,343,276 
 1,164,216 
Change in trade and other payables
 16,423 
 (20,448)
Change in provisions
 2,564 
 (6,189)
Change in derivatives
 227 
 - 
Total changes in assets and liabilities
 (74,085)
 (25,873)
Cash generated from operations
 3,196 
 39,137 
Income taxes paid
 (5,654)
 (19,361)
Net cash inflows from operating activities
 (2,458)
 19,776 
91
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Accounting policy
Receivables are initially recognised when they are originated 
less any allowance for expected credit losses. To measure the 
expected credit losses, receivables are grouped based on days 
overdue.	
Key estimates and assumptions
The Group has elected to use the simplified approach and has 
determined the loss allowance based off the lifetime expected 
credit loss (ECL). The expected credit losses on these financial 
assets are estimated based on the Group’s historical credit 
loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to 
debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of 
both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions 
at the reporting date, including the time value of money where 
appropriate. Refer to note 15 for further information.
13	
Receivables
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Current
Accounts receivable
 11,276 
 11,100 
Performance fee receivable
 16,803 
 13,446 
Management fee receivable
 8,399 
 8,080 
Transaction fee receivable
 6,990 
 8,011 
Commission receivable
 15,545 
 13,104 
Other receivables
 9,065 
 8,254 
Loss allowance on receivables (note 15)
 - 
 (442)
Total receivables – current
 68,078 
 61,553 
Non-current
Performance fee receivable
 14,102 
 14,052 
Management fee receivable
 3,921 
 1,950 
Loss allowance on receivables (note 15)
 (419)
 (189)
Total receivables – non-current
 17,604 
 15,813 
Total receivables
 85,682 
 77,366 
92
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
14	
Loans receivable
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Current
Commercial loans¹
 463,842 
 450,709 
Loans to employees
 141 
 - 
Gross loans receivable – current
 463,983 
 450,709 
Non-current
Commercial loans¹
 1,952,969 
 808,117 
Residential mortgages
 2,128,780 
 833,567 
Loans to employees
 2,090 
 2,383 
Gross loans receivable – non-current
 4,083,839 
 1,644,067 
Total gross loans receivable
 4,547,822 
 2,094,776 
Loss allowance (note 15)
 (11,880)
 (6,010)
Total loans receivable
 4,535,942 
 2,088,766 
1.	
Commercial loans are provided to corporate entities, small businesses, sole traders and special purpose vehicles. The loans have terms 
between three months and fourteen years and are either fully or partially secured against the assets of the borrowers.
14.1	
Loans receivable by industry
Consolidated
Loans receivable
$’000
Loss allowance
$’000
Total
$’000
31 December 2024
Financial services
 1,629,311 
 (5,247)
 1,624,064 
Professional services
 233,656 
 (1,894)
 231,762 
Residential mortgages
 2,128,780 
 (1,906)
 2,126,874 
Equipment finance
 470,151 
 (1,795)
 468,356 
Other
 85,924 
 (1,038)
 84,886 
 4,547,822 
 (11,880)
 4,535,942 
31 December 2023
Financial services
 1,040,353 
 (3,838)
 1,036,515 
Professional services
 197,765 
 (1,045)
 196,720 
Residential mortgages
 833,567 
 (999)
 832,568 
Other
 23,091 
 (128)
 22,963 
 2,094,776 
 (6,010)
 2,088,766 
Accounting policy
Loans receivable are initially recognised on settlement date, 
when cash is advanced to the borrower and are recognised 
net of any credit loss allowance. A credit loss allowance for 
expected credit losses on loans receivable is recognised upon 
inception of a loan.
Key estimates and assumptions
The Group applies the ECL impairment model. The calculation 
of ECL requires judgement and the choice of inputs, estimates 
and assumptions. Refer to note 15 for further information.
93
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
15	
Loss allowance
For financial assets measured at amortised cost, the Group 
bears the risk that the future circumstances of customers 
might change, including their ability to fulfil their contractual 
cash flow obligations in part or in full. The Group periodically 
assesses exposures to determine whether the credit 
risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since 
initial recognition.
At the reporting date, the Group undertook a review of its 
receivables, loans receivable and ECL. The review considered 
the macroeconomic outlook, counterparty credit quality, 
the type of collateral held and exposure at default as at the 
reporting date. The Group’s loss allowance provisions are a 
determination of probabilities of default and a determination of 
losses that may be incurred should a default occur.
The table below presents the gross exposure and related ECL allowance for financial assets subject to the impairment requirements 
of AASB 9 Financial Instruments (AASB 9).
Consolidated
Gross exposure
for asset
$’000
Loss
allowance
$’000
Total
$’000
31 December 2024
Receivables
 86,101 
 (419)
 85,682 
Loans receivable
 4,547,822 
 (11,880)
 4,535,942 
 4,633,923 
 (12,299)
 4,621,624 
31 December 2023
Receivables
 77,997 
 (631)
 77,366 
Loans receivable
 2,094,776 
 (6,010)
 2,088,766 
 2,172,773 
 (6,641)
 2,166,132 
15.1	
Movement in credit loss allowance by asset category
Consolidated
Receivables
$’000
Loans 
receivable
$’000
Total
$’000
Balance as at 1 January 2023
 (1,145)
 (4,712)
 (5,857)
Credit loss allowance recognised in the Statement of profit or loss 
 418 
 (1,269)
 (851)
Reclassifications and other movements
 96 
 (29)
 67 
Balance as at 31 December 2023
 (631)
 (6,010)
 (6,641)
Credit loss allowance recognised in the Statement of profit or loss 
 (267)
 (7,954)
 (8,221)
Reclassifications and other movements
 12 
 (90)
 (78)
Amounts written off, previously provided for
 467 
 2,174 
 2,641 
Balance as at 31 December 2024
 (419)
 (11,880)
 (12,299)
94
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Accounting policy
The Group applies the ECL model under AASB 9 for the 
following financial assets measured at amortised cost:
•	
Receivables;
•	
Loans receivable;
•	
Loan commitments; and
•	
Contract assets.
The carrying amount of the financial asset is reduced by the 
impairment loss directly for all financial assets. 
Measurement of ECL
The Group collectively assesses and segments its financial 
assets by the class of financial asset, type of exposure and 
groups the assets based on shared risk characteristics. 
The Group applies the following approach for measuring 
loss allowances:
•	
Modelled collective ECL;
•	
Post-model overlay adjustments; and
•	
Specific provisions.
The ECL model is a probability-weighted estimate of credit 
losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all 
cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between cash flows due to 
the Group in accordance with the contract and cash flows that 
the Group expects to receive). 
The ECL model incorporates a range of components. The key 
model inputs used by the Group in measuring the ECL includes:
•	
Probability of Default (PD): represents the possibility of a 
default over the next 12 months;
•	
Loss Given Default (LGD): expected loss if a default 
occurs, taking into consideration the mitigating effect of 
collateral assets and time value of money;
•	
Exposure at Default (EAD): represents the estimated 
exposure in the event of a default; and
•	
Post-model overlay adjustments: The Group applies an 
economic overlay to the modelled ECL to ensure the loss 
provision is sufficiently responding to changes in credit risk 
that would not be captured in the above assumptions.
Forward-looking information (FLI) is used by the Group which 
includes economic indicators such as economic forecast 
and outlook, GDP growth, inflation, unemployment rates and 
interest rates.
The Group measures the loss allowance for a financial asset 
at an amount equal to the lifetime ECL if the credit risk on that 
financial asset has had a significant increase in credit risk 
(SICR) since initial recognition. If the credit risk on a financial 
asset has not increased significantly since initial recognition, 
the Group measures the loss allowance for that financial asset 
at an amount equal to a 12-month ECL.
The Group applies the three-stage model based on the change 
in credit risk since initial recognition to determine the loss 
allowance of its financial assets.	 	
	
	
	
15	
Loss allowance (continued)
15.2	
Movement in credit loss allowance by ECL stage
Lifetime ECL
Consolidated
Stage I
12-month ECL
$’000
Stage II
Lifetime ECL
$’000
Stage III
Credit impaired
$’000
Total ECL
$’000
Balance as at 1 January 2023
 (5,246)
 (330)
 (281)
 (5,857)
Net credit impairment charges
 (726)
 (105)
 (20)
 (851)
Reclassifications and other movements
 72 
 300 
 (305)
 67 
Balance as at 31 December 2023
 (5,900)
 (135)
 (606)
 (6,641)
Net credit impairment charges
 (5,204)
 (122)
 (2,895)
 (8,221)
Reclassifications and other movements
 (59)
 - 
 (19)
 (78)
Amounts written off, previously provided for
 - 
 - 
 2,641 
 2,641 
Balance as at 31 December 2024
 (11,163)
 (257)
 (879)
 (12,299)
95
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Stage
Required provision
Provision approach
Stage I:
12-month ECL
Performing financial assets less 
than 30 days past due. Financial 
assets which are determined to have 
a low credit risk at reporting date.
Losses that arise from a default 
event in the next 12 months.
Modelled collective provision 
based on the PD, LGD and FLI with 
post-model overlay adjustments.
Stage II:
Lifetime ECL
The Group determines that there 
has been a SICR in the asset since 
initial recognition but it is not 
considered to be credit impaired.
Loss provision equal to the 
expected loss over the remaining 
lifetime of the financial asset.
Modelled collective provision 
based on the PD, LGD and FLI with 
post-model overlay adjustments.
Stage III:
Lifetime 
ECL – credit 
impaired
The Group determines a financial 
asset is credit impaired when 
one or more events that have a 
detrimental impact on the estimated 
future cash flows of the financial 
asset have occurred.
Lifetime ECL collective provision 
or individually assessed 
(specific) provision
Modelled collective provision, 
specific provisions with post-
model overlay adjustments.
The Group has provided for loan commitments that are both 
drawn and undrawn. In assessing whether there has been a 
SICR, the Group considers the changes in risk of a default 
occurring on the loan to which the commitment relates. The 
undrawn commitment is contingent on the counterparty 
achieving contractual milestones. Once they are achieved, 
the amount can be drawn upon and expected to be met within 
12 months. The Group applies a loss allowance on entire 
commitments based on the 12-month ECL.
For contract assets, the trail commission receivable is mainly 
from financial institutions with high credit ratings. Even when 
forward-looking assumptions are considered the ECL would not 
be material.
The Group applies the simplified approach for trade receivables 
which uses a lifetime ECL. Trade receivables are grouped 
based on the shared credit risk characteristics and the days 
past due. The ECL is calculated based on actual credit loss 
relating to revenue from experience over the past three years 
adjusted for the Group’s forward looking expectations based off 
economic indicators. The Group performed the calculation of 
ECL rates separately for receivables arising from the advisory 
business and other asset management fees as such fees have 
historically been received in full.
Definition of default
The Group considers the following as constituting an event 
of default for internal credit risk management purposes as 
historical experience indicates that receivables that meet any 
of the following criteria are generally not recoverable.
•	
When repayments are at least 90 days past due; or
•	
When there is a breach of financial covenants by the 
counterparty; or
•	
Information developed internally or obtained from external 
sources indicates that the debtor is unlikely to pay its 
creditors, including the Group, in full (without taking into 
account any collaterals held by the Group).
Write-off policy
The Group writes-off a financial asset when there is information 
indicating that the counterparty is in severe financial difficulty 
and there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Any recoveries 
made are recognised in profit or loss. Indicators that there is no 
reasonable expectation of recovery include, amongst others, the 
failure of a debtor to engage in a repayment plan with the Group.
Key estimates and assumptions
Significant increase in credit risk (SICR): The Group considers 
quantitative and qualitative factors, based on historical 
experience and informed credit assessments when assessing 
exposures to determine whether there has been a SICR. The 
Group considers reasonable and supportable information that 
is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. 
In addition to the above, the Group considers a SICR based on 
the number of days past due. A non-trade receivable loan is 
assessed to have a SICR when the number of days past due is 
over 90 days.
In particular, the following information is taken in account when 
assessing whether credit risk has increased significantly since 
initial recognition:
•	
existing or forecast adverse changes in business, financial or 
economic conditions that are expected to cause a significant 
decrease in the debtor’s ability to meet its debt obligations; 
•	
an actual or expected significant deterioration in the 
operating results of the debtor; and
•	
an actual or expected significant adverse change in 
regulatory, economic, or technological environment of the 
debtor that results in a significant decrease in the debtor’s 
ability to meet its debt obligations.
A financial asset is determined to have low risk if it has a low 
risk of default, the customer has a strong capacity to meet its 
contractual cash flow obligations in the short term, and adverse 
changes in long term economic and business conditions will 
15	
Loss allowance (continued)
15.2	
Movement in credit loss allowance by ECL stage (continued)
96
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
not necessarily reduce the ability of the customer to fulfil its 
contractual cash flow obligations.
The Group regularly monitors the effectiveness of the criteria 
used to identify whether there has been a SICR and revises 
them as appropriate to ensure that the criteria are capable of 
identifying SICR before the amount becomes past due.
Probability of Default (PD): An estimate of the likelihood of 
default over a given time. These are estimated considering 
the contractual maturities and is based on current conditions, 
adjusted to consider estimates of future conditions that will 
impact PD.
Loss Given Default (LGD): An estimate of the loss arising on 
default. It is based on the difference between contractual 
cash flows due and those that the Group expects to receive, 
considering cash flow capacity of the customer.
Forward-looking information (FLI): The Group considers 
economic indicators such as economic forecast and outlook, 
GDP growth, inflation, unemployment rates and interest rates.
Post-model overlay adjustments: Management applies an 
economic overlay to ensure the Group has sufficient coverage 
for potential credit risk factors that are not captured in the 
assumptions above.
15	
Loss allowance (continued)
15.2	
Movement in credit loss allowance by ECL stage (continued)
16	
Contract assets and liabilities
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Contract assets
Trail commission receivable – current
 225,126 
 162,237 
Trail commission receivable – non-current
 586,340 
 543,048 
Total contract assets
 811,466 
 705,285 
Contract liabilities
Trail commission payable – current
 210,716 
 152,051 
Trail commission payable – non-current
 549,506 
 509,107 
Total contract liabilities
 760,222 
 661,158 
Accounting policy
Through its mortgage aggregation platform, Finsure, the Group 
receives trail commissions from lenders on loans that have 
settled and were originated by authorised brokers. The Group 
also makes trail commission payments to authorised brokers. 
The Group’s trail commission receivable is recognised at fair 
value on initial recognition, being the expected future trail 
commission receivables discounted to their net present value in 
line with the expected value method under AASB 15. In addition, 
an associated payable and expense to the relevant brokers is 
also recognised, initially measured at fair value being the future 
trail commission payable to relevant brokers discounted to their 
net present value.
Subsequent to initial recognition and measurement both 
the trail commission asset and trail commission payable are 
measured at amortised cost. The carrying amount of the trail 
commission asset and trail commission payable are reassessed 
at each reporting period, to reflect actual and revised estimated 
cash flows, by recalculating the carrying amount with reference 
to the present value of estimated future cash flows at the 
original effective interest rate. Any resulting adjustment is 
recognised in profit or loss.
Key estimates and assumptions
Management uses a variety of inputs including external 
actuarial analysis of historical information to determine trail 
commission receivables and its associated payable and 
expense. Key assumptions underlying the calculation include 
the expected loan run-off rate and the discount rate.
97
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
The key assumptions underlying the fair value calculations of trail commission receivable and the corresponding payable to 
authorised brokers at the reporting date are summarised in the following table:
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
Discount rate
4.75%
4.75%
Run-off rates¹
Between 12.0% 
and 33.0% 
Between 12.0% 
and 33.0% 
1.	
The run-off rates refer to the expected loan book attrition rates. Run-off rates are then stratified into time-bands, by managed loan 
portfolio, and applied to each loan according to the age of that particular loan.
16	
Contract assets and liabilities (continued)
Key estimates and assumptions (continued)
17	
Other financial assets and liabilities
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Financial assets
Current
Financial assets held at FVTPL (equity securities)
 - 
 619 
Financial assets held at FVTOCI (equity securities)
 - 
 1,600 
Consolidated managed fund investments¹
 53,556 
 132,996 
Total financial assets – current
 53,556 
 135,215 
Non-current
Financial assets held at FVTPL (equity securities)
 442 
 - 
Financial assets held at FVTPL (non-equity securities)
 3,142 
 7,588 
Financial assets held at FVTOCI (equity securities)
 21,306 
 18,117 
Total financial assets – non-current
 24,890 
 25,705 
Total financial assets
 78,446 
 160,920 
Financial liabilities
Current
Consolidated managed fund investments¹
 40,404 
 103,247 
Total financial liabilities – current
 40,404 
 103,247 
Non-current
Fund unit liabilities held at FVTPL
 93,725 
 36,773 
Total financial liabilities – non-current
 93,725 
 36,773 
Total financial liabilities
 134,129 
 140,020 
1.	
Net consolidated managed fund investments at 31 December 2024 at $13.2 million (2023: $29.7 million) represents financial assets and 
liabilities of funds managed by the Group, that are deemed to be controlled by the Group at the reporting date as a result of a strategic 
co-investment held by the Group in the fund. Refer to further information in note 35.
98
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
17	
Other financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Accounting policy
Recognition and initial measurement
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when 
the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the 
instrument and are initially measured at fair value. Transactions 
costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue 
of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial 
assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or 
loss (FVTPL)) are added to or deducted from the fair value of 
the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on 
initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the 
acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at FVTPL 
are recognised in profit or loss.
Classification and subsequent measurement
The Group's financial assets are classified based on the 
business model within which the asset is held and on the basis 
of the financial asset's contractual cash flow characteristics.
In determining the business model, all relevant evidence that is 
available at the date of the assessment is used, including:
•	
how the performance of the business model and financial 
assets held is evaluated and reported to management;
•	
the risks that affect the performance and the way in which 
those risks are managed; and
•	
how the managers of the business are compensated; 
such as whether it is based on the fair value of the assets 
managed or on contractual cash flows collected.
A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets all of 
the following conditions:
•	
The financial asset is held within a business model whose 
objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect 
contractual cash flows;
•	
The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on 
specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and interest on principal amount outstanding; and
•	
The financial asset has not been designated at FVTPL.
The amortised cost of a financial asset is measured as:
•	
the amount at which the financial asset is measured at 
initial recognition;
•	
minus the principal repayments;
•	
plus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest 
method of any difference between that initial amount and 
the maturity amount; and
•	
adjusted for any loss allowance.
Refer to note 6 for further information on the effective 
interest method.
A financial asset is measured at fair value through other 
comprehensive income (FVTOCI) if it meets all of the following 
conditions: 
•	
The financial asset is held within a business model whose 
objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash 
flows and selling the financial assets;
•	
The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on 
specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments 
of principal and interest on the principal amount 
outstanding; and
•	
The financial asset has not been designated at FVTPL.
However, the Group may make the following irrevocable election 
at initial recognition of a financial asset:
•	
The Group may irrevocably elect to present subsequent 
changes in fair value of an equity investment in other 
comprehensive income if certain criteria are met such as, if 
the equity instrument is not held for trading; and
•	
The Group may irrevocably designate a debt investment that 
meets the amortised cost or FVTOCI criteria as measured 
at FVTPL if doing so eliminates or significantly reduces an 
accounting mismatch.
A financial asset is held for trading if:
•	
It has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling it in 
the near term; or
•	
On initial recognition it is part of a portfolio of identified 
financial instruments that the Group manages together and 
has evidence of a recent actual pattern of short term profit-
taking; or 
•	
It is a derivative.
Financial assets designated at FVTOCI are initially measured 
at fair value plus transaction costs. Gains and losses relating to 
these financial assets will be recognise in other comprehensive 
income. Dividends from such investments are recognised as 
investment income in profit or loss when the Group has the right 
to receive payments, unless the dividend clearly represents a 
recovery of part of the cost of the investment. The accumulated 
fair value reserve related to these investments will never be 
reclassified to profit or loss.
Financial assets that do not meet the criteria for being 
measured at amortised cost or FVTOCI are measured at FVTPL. 
Specifically: 
•	
Investments in equity instruments are classified at FVTPL, 
unless the Group designates an equity investment that 
is neither held for trading nor a contingent consideration 
arising from a business combination at FVTOCI on initial 
recognition; and 
•	
Debt instruments that do not meet the amortised cost 
criteria or the FVTOCI criteria are classified at FVTPL. In 
addition, debt instruments that meet either the amortised 
cost criteria or the FVTOCI criteria may be designated at 
FVTPL upon initial recognition if such designation if doing so 
eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch. 
99
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Financial assets measured at FVTPL are classified under a 
three-level fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of 
the inputs used in making the measurements. Any fair value 
gains or losses including any interest or dividend income earned 
on the financial asset, are recognised as investment income 
in profit or loss. Classifications are reviewed at each reporting 
date and transfers between levels are determined based on a 
reassessment of the lowest level input that is significant to the 
fair value measurement.
Refer to note 27 for further information regarding the fair value 
of financial assets and financial liabilities.
Financial liabilities and equity instruments
Debt or equity instruments issued by a Group entity are 
classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance 
with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the 
definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument.
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual 
interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its 
liabilities. Equity instruments issued by a Group entity is 
measured as proceeds received less direct issue costs.
Repurchase of the Company’s own equity instruments is 
recognised and deducted directly in equity. No gain or loss 
is recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or 
cancellation of the Company’s own equity instruments.
Financial liabilities that are not designated at FVTPL, are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.
Fund unit liabilities represents the contributed funds owing to 
third parties in funds which the Group is deemed to control. The 
liabilities are recognised at fair value.
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value of the 
consideration received less directly attributable transaction 
costs and subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method. Trade and other payables are 
carried at amortised cost and represent liabilities for goods and 
services provided to the Group that are unpaid.
Key estimates and assumptions
The Group uses judgement in determining the business model 
at the level that reflects how groups of financial assets are 
managed together to achieve a particular business objective. 
Accounting policy
All derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value. 
Gains or losses arising from fair value changes on derivatives 
that do not quality for hedge accounting are recognised in the 
Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.
If the Group wishes to apply hedge accounting, it will 
formally designate and document the hedge relationship, 
risk management objectives and strategies on inception 
of the hedge relationship. The documentation includes the 
identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item or 
17	
Other financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Accounting policy (continued)
Classification and subsequent measurement (continued)
18	
Derivative financial instruments
The Group’s consolidated credit trusts use derivative financial instruments to hedge its risks associated with interest rate and 
foreign currency fluctuations.
Fair value of derivatives
Change in value
Cash flow hedge reserve
Notional 
value
$’000
Assets
$’000
Liabilities
$’000
Hedging 
instrument
$’000
Hedged 
item
$’000
Opening
$’000
Movement
$’000
Transfer to 
profit or loss
$’000
Closing
$’000
31 December 2024
Interest rate swaps
410,940
 - 
2,131
 2,131 
 (2,131)
 - 
 1,916 
 215 
 2,131 
Forward currency 
contracts 
 37,039 
 - 
 2,261 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
Total
447,979
-
4,392
2,131
(2,131)
00
1,916
215
2,131
31 December 2023
Interest rate swaps
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
Forward currency 
contracts 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
Total
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
100
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how it 
will assess the effectiveness of the instrument in offsetting 
the exposure to changes in the hedged item. Such hedges are 
assessed on an ongoing basis to determine that they have been 
highly effective over the period they were designated.
Cash flow hedges are hedges of the Group's exposure to 
variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk 
associated with a recognised asset or liability that could affect 
the Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive 
income. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument is recognised directly in equity, while the ineffective 
portion is recognised in the Statement of profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income. Amounts recognised in equity 
are transferred to the Statement or profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income when the hedged transaction affects 
profit or loss. 
19	
Property, plant and equipment
The below table sets out the carrying value of the Group’s property, plant and equipment:
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Office equipment – at cost
 5,911 
 5,160 
Less accumulated depreciation
 (4,925)
 (3,535)
Total office equipment
 986 
 1,625 
Furniture and fixtures – at cost
 1,798 
 1,516 
Less accumulated depreciation
 (393)
 (286)
Total furniture and fixtures
 1,405 
 1,230 
Lease improvements – at cost
 2,588 
 2,185 
Less accumulated depreciation
 (1,297)
 (777)
Total leasehold improvements
 1,291 
 1,408 
Total property, plant and equipment
 3,682 
 4,263 
19.1	
Movement in carrying value of property, plant and equipment
The below table sets out the movement in carrying value of the Group’s property, plant and equipment:
Consolidated
Office
equipment
$’000
Furniture and 
fixtures
$’000
Leasehold 
improvements
$’000
Total
$’000
Assets for own use
Balance as at 1 January 2023
 2,850 
 1,372 
 1,751 
 5,973 
Additions
 258 
 35 
 90 
 383 
Disposals
 (34)
 (99)
 (30)
 (163)
Depreciation expense
 (1,449)
 (78)
 (423)
 (1,950)
Foreign currency movement
 - 
 - 
 20 
 20 
Balance as at 31 December 2023
 1,625 
 1,230 
 1,408 
 4,263 
Additions
 767 
 276 
 347 
 1,390 
Depreciation expense
 (1,414)
 (106)
 (475)
 (1,995)
Foreign currency movement
 8 
 5 
 11 
 24 
Balance as at 31 December 2024
 986 
 1,405 
 1,291 
 3,682 
18	
Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Accounting policy (continued)
101
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Accounting policy
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost 
(which includes, where applicable, costs directly attributable 
to the acquisition of the asset) less accumulated depreciation 
and, where applicable, accumulated impairment losses.
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to realise the 
net cost of each class of assets over its expected useful life. 
The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation 
method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, 
with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a 
prospective basis. The useful lives are as follows:
•	
office equipment: 3 years
•	
furniture and fittings: 7 years
•	
leasehold improvements are amortised over the term of 
the lease.
The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an 
item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the 
difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the asset and is recognised in profit or loss.
The carrying values of property, plant and equipment 
are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in 
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be 
recoverable. Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss.
19	
Property, plant and equipment (continued)
19.1	
Movement in carrying value of property, plant and equipment (continued)
20	
Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
20.1	
Right-of-use assets
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Right-of-use assets – at cost
 85,551 
 81,854 
Less accumulated amortisation
 (25,206)
 (15,871)
Total right-of-use assets
 60,345 
 65,983 
Balance at the beginning of the year
 65,983 
 61,773 
Additions
 2,716 
 12,995 
Additions through business combinations
 - 
 43 
Lease modification
 871 
 614 
Amortisation expense
 (9,403)
 (9,437)
Foreign currency movement
 178 
 (5)
Balance at the end of the year
 60,345 
 65,983 
During the year, a commercial lease commenced for additional office premises in New York with a lease term of 10 years and new 
office premises in Brisbane with a lease term of 4 years.
102
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
20	
Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities (continued)
Accounting policy
Right-of-use assets
The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a corresponding 
lease liability at the commencement date in the Statement of 
financial position, except for short-term leases and leases of 
low value assets. 
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost and comprise of 
the amount that corresponds to the amount recognised for 
the lease liability on initial recognition together with any lease 
payments made at or before the commencement date (less any 
lease incentives received), initial direct costs and restoration-
related costs. The right-of-use asset is amortised over the 
shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a 
straight-line basis. Amortisation of right-of-use assets starts at 
the commencement date of the lease and is recognised in the 
Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.
Lease liabilities
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of 
the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 
date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease 
or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments included in the 
measurement of the lease liability comprise: 	
•	
Fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed 
payments), less any lease incentives receivable; 
•	
Variable lease payments that depend on an index or 
rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the 
commencement date.
The lease liability is subsequently increased by the interest 
cost on the lease liability and decreased by lease payment 
20.2	
Lease liabilities
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Current
Lease liabilities
 7,784 
 6,141 
Total lease liabilities – current
 7,784 
 6,141 
Non-current
Lease liabilities
 60,599 
 65,369 
Total lease liabilities – non-current
 60,599 
 65,369 
Total lease liabilities
 68,383 
 71,510 
20.2 (a)  Movement in lease liabilities
Opening balance at the beginning of the year
 71,510 
 64,952 
Interest on lease liabilities
 4,330 
 4,354 
Payment of lease liabilities
 (11,227)
 (11,444)
Additions through business combinations
 - 
 43 
Lease modification
 865 
 614 
Additions¹
 2,722 
 12,995 
Foreign currency movement
 183 
 (4)
Closing balance at the end of the year
 68,383 
 71,510 
1.	
Additional office premises in New York and Brisbane.
20.2 (b)  Lease liabilities maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cashflows
Less than one year
 11,819 
 10,344 
One to five years
 60,021 
 57,179 
More than five years
 12,360 
 23,236 
Total undiscounted lease liabilities at the end of the year
 84,200 
 90,759 
103
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
made. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease 
payments arising from a change in an index or rate, a change 
in the estimate of the amount expected to be payable under 
a residual value guarantee, or as appropriate, changes in the 
assessment of whether a purchase or extension option is 
reasonably certain to be exercised or a termination option is 
reasonably certain not to be exercised.
Lease payments are recognised as amortisation expense of 
the right-of-use asset over the term of the lease unless another 
systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in 
which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.
The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a 
corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) 
whenever: 
•	
The lease term has changed or there is a significant event 
or change in circumstances resulting in a change in the 
assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case 
the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised 
lease payments using a revised discount rate.
•	
The lease payments change due to changes in an index or 
rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed 
residual value, in which cases the lease liability is 
remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments 
using an unchanged discount rate (unless the lease 
payments change is due to a change in a floating interest 
rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used). 	
•	
A lease contract is modified and the lease modification is 
not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the 
lease liability is remeasured based on the lease term of the 
modified lease by discounting the revised lease payments 
using a revised discount rate at the effective date of 
the modification.
Key estimates and assumptions
Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the 
discount rate. Interest on lease liabilities is recognised in profit 
or loss. 
The Group has applied judgement to determine the lease term 
for some lease contracts in which it is a lessee that include 
renewal options. The assessment of whether the Group is 
reasonably certain to exercise such options impacts the lease 
term, which significantly affects the amount of lease liabilities 
and right-of-use assets recognised.
20	
Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities (continued)
Accounting policy (continued)
Lease liabilities (continued)
21	
Investments in associates and joint ventures
21.1	
Details of ownership interest
Proportion of ownership 
interest and voting 
power held by the Group
Investment
Classification
Principal 
place of 
business
Principal 
activity
2024
%
2023
%
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Redcape Hotel Group 
Associate
Australia
Owner and 
operator of 
hotels 
12.1%
11.7%
 56,471 
 49,296 
Other associates¹
Associate
 2,061 
 1,475 
Cinch Technology
Joint venture
Australia
Software 
development 
50.0%
 - 
 2,992 
 - 
 61,524 
 50,771 
1.	
Other associates represents the aggregate of the Group’s remaining associates that are not considered individually material to the 
Group, and therefore have not been separately disclosed. 
104
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
21	
Investments in associates and joint ventures (continued)
21.2	
Reconciliation of movements in carrying values of investments in associates and joint 
ventures
Associates
Joint venture
$’000
BE ES I 
LLC
BE OLD I 
LLC
Redcape 
Hotel Group 
Other 
associates 
Cinch 
Technology
Total
Opening balance as at 
1 January 2023
 22,415 
 8,274 
 57,086 
 3,811 
 - 
 91,586 
Acquisition
 4,763 
 - 
 6,432 
 410 
 - 
 11,605 
Disposal and capital returns 
 (27,314)
 (8,239)
 (1,188)
 (2,771)
 - 
 (39,512)
Share of profit/(loss) 
 1,601 
 673 
 (13)
 (175)
 - 
 2,086 
Share of other comprehensive loss 
 - 
 - 
 (8,856)
 - 
 - 
 (8,856)
Less dividends/distributions received 
 (2,127)
 (888)
 (4,165)
 74 
 - 
 (7,106)
Foreign currency translation reserve 
 662 
 180 
 - 
 126 
 - 
 968 
Closing balance as at 31 December 2023
 - 
 - 
 49,296 
 1,475 
 - 
 50,771 
Acquisition
 - 
 - 
 - 
 1,635 
 3,097 
 4,732 
Disposal and capital returns 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (1,222)
 - 
 (1,222)
Share of profit/(loss) 
 - 
 - 
 8,317 
 178 
 (105)
 8,390 
Share of other comprehensive income
 - 
 - 
 3,373 
 - 
 - 
 3,373 
Less dividends/distributions received 
 - 
 - 
 (4,515)
 (9)
 - 
 (4,524)
Foreign currency translation reserve 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 4 
 - 
 4 
Closing balance as at 31 December 2024
 - 
 - 
 56,471 
 2,061 
 2,992 
 61,524 
The Group also has interests in a number of individually immaterial associates. The cumulative unrecognised share of losses for 
investments in associates that have a nil carrying value as of 31 December 2024 is $16.2 million (2023: $17.9 million). This includes a 
share of profit of $1.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2024 (2023: $6.4 million loss)
105
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
21	
Investments in associates and joint ventures (continued)
21.3	
Summarised financial information for the Group’s material associates and joint ventures
Associates
Joint venture
$’000
Redcape 
Hotel Group
Other 
associates
Cinch 
Technology
Total
31 December 2024
Assets and liabilities 
Current assets
241,005
 564 
 344 
 241,913 
Non-current assets
 835,857 
 11,230 
 2,695 
 849,782 
Current liabilities
 (66,811)
 (2,168)
 (349)
 (69,328)
Non-current liabilities
 (542,905)
 - 
 - 
 (542,905)
Net assets
 467,146 
 9,626 
 2,690 
 479,462 
The above net assets include the following: 
Cash and cash equivalents
 36,583 
 236 
 277 
 37,096 
Restricted cash
 - 
 8,115 
 - 
 8,115 
Revenue, expenses and results 
Revenue
 180,627 
 (4,096)
 - 
 176,531 
Profit/(loss) for the year
 75,724 
 (3,745)
 (212)
 71,767 
Other comprehensive income for the year 
 18,576 
 - 
 - 
 18,576 
Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the year 
 94,300 
 (3,745)
 (212)
 90,343 
31 December 2023
Assets and liabilities 
Current assets
 168,200 
 109,034 
 - 
 277,234 
Non-current assets
 1,018,159 
 518,000 
 - 
 1,536,159 
Current liabilities
 (191,304)
 (690,860)
 - 
 (882,164)
Non-current liabilities
 (573,740)
 - 
 - 
 (573,740)
Net assets/(liabilities)
 421,315 
 (63,826)
 - 
 357,489 
The above net assets include the following: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
 38,660 
 104,320 
 - 
 142,980 
Revenue, expenses and results 
Revenue
 203,847 
 274,669 
 - 
 478,516 
Profit/(loss) for the year 
 23,830 
 (49,293)
 - 
 (25,463)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year 
 (86,459)
 13,112 
 - 
 (73,347)
Total comprehensive loss for the year 
 (62,629)
 (36,181)
 - 
 (98,810)
106
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
The following information outlines the level of control the 
Group has over its material associates and joint ventures and 
the resultant accounting treatment.	
Details of investment in Redcape 
Hotel Group
At 31 December 2024, the Group has a 12.1% direct equity 
investment in Redcape Hotel Group (Redcape) and funds 
managed by the Group own a further 28.8% of Redcape. The 
Group earns trustee, asset manager, performance and hotel 
operator fees from Redcape, as well as investment returns 
on its direct investment. The Group is considered to have 
significant influence over Redcape as a result of participating 
in the financial and operating policy decisions of Redcape 
through its role as responsible entity, asset manager and 
hotel operator.
Redcape owns or operates 27 hotels in New South Wales 
and Queensland. During the year, the Group completed the 
divestment of eight hotels for total consideration of $319.1 
million, and acquired four hotels for total consideration of 
$88.9 million. In addition, the Group has exchanged contracts 
for the acquisition of three hotels and divestment of three 
hotels, which are to be settled in the 2025 financial year. 
Redcape has assessed its assets for impairment as at 31 
December 2024. The Group has equity accounted its share of 
net assets in Redcape.
Details of investment in Cinch Technology
Cinch Technology Holdings Pty Ltd is a joint venture in which 
the Group has joint control and a 50% ownership interest. 
The company was established with the purpose of developing 
and selling loan origination and underwriting software that 
will improve efficiency, speed to credit decisions and a better 
customer experience for residential mortgage lenders.
Accounting policy
Associates are entities over which the Group has significant 
influence of the entities' financial and operating policies but 
not control. Investments in associates are accounted for under 
the equity method whereby investments are carried at cost 
adjusted for post-acquisition changes in the Group's economic 
share of the net assets of the entity.
A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties 
that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to 
the net assets of the joint arrangement. Joint control is the 
contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement 
which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities 
require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.
The results and assets and liabilities of associates and joint 
ventures are incorporated in these financial statements using 
the equity method of accounting.
The associates and joint ventures' financial reports are used to 
apply the equity method. The Statement of profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income reflects the economic share of 
the results of operations of associates and joint ventures. 
Where there has been a change recognised directly in the 
associates and joint ventures' equity, the Group recognises its 
share of any changes in the Statement of changes in equity.
Key estimates and assumptions
An assessment is performed at each Statement of financial 
position date to determine whether there is any indication 
of impairment and whether it is necessary to recognise 
any impairment loss against the carrying value of the net 
investment in associates and joint ventures.
The Group determines the dates of obtaining or losing 
significant influence of another entity based on all pertinent 
facts and circumstances that affect the ability to significantly 
influence the financial and operating policies of that entity.
21	
Investments in associates and joint ventures (continued)
21.3	
Summarised financial information for the Group’s material associates and joint ventures 
(continued)
107
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
22	
Intangible assets
Intangible assets
Goodwill
$’000
Customer 
relationships, 
brand names 
and trademarks
$’000
Management 
rights and 
agreements
$’000
Software
$’000
Total
$’000
31 December 2024
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2024
 141,648 
 44,000 
 22,939 
 14,214 
 222,801 
Additions
 - 
 - 
 - 
 5,480 
 5,480 
Foreign currency movement
 1,303 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 1,303 
Balance at 31 December 2024
 142,951 
 44,000 
 22,939 
 19,694 
 229,584 
Amortisation and impairment losses 
Balance at 1 January 2024
 - 
 (5,175)
 (17,513)
 (4,173)
 (26,861)
Amortisation expense for the year 
 - 
 (2,700)
 (3,158)
 (1,479)
 (7,337)
Balance at 31 December 2024
 - 
 (7,875)
 (20,671)
 (5,652)
 (34,198)
Carrying amount at 31 December 2024
 142,951 
 36,125 
 2,268 
 14,042 
 195,386 
31 December 2023
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2023
 128,169 
 44,000 
 22,939 
 10,499 
 205,607 
Additions through business combinations
 13,877 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 13,877 
Additions
 - 
 - 
 - 
 3,715 
 3,715 
Foreign currency movement
 (398)
 - 
 - 
 - 
 (398)
Balance at 31 December 2023
 141,648 
 44,000 
 22,939 
 14,214 
 222,801 
Amortisation and impairment losses
Balance at 1 January 2023
 - 
 (3,405)
 (14,034)
 (3,150)
 (20,589)
Amortisation expense for year
 - 
 (1,770)
 (3,479)
 (1,023)
 (6,272)
Balance at 31 December 2023
 - 
 (5,175)
 (17,513)
 (4,173)
 (26,861)
Carrying amount at 31 December 2023
 141,648 
 38,825 
 5,426 
 10,041 
 195,940 
Included in the deferred tax liability of the Group as at 31 
December 2024 is an amount of $6.1 million (31 Dec 2023: $12.3 
million) relating to the intangible assets recognised from the 
acquisition of subsidiaries.
Accounting policy
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on acquisition of a business is carried at cost 
as established at the date of acquisition of the business less 
accumulated impairment losses, if any.
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated 
to each of the Company’s cash-generating units (or groups 
of cash-generating units) that is expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination.
A cash-generating unit (CGU) to which goodwill has been 
allocated is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently 
where there is indication that the unit may be impaired. If 
the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying 
amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the 
carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and 
then to the other assets of the unit, pro-rated based on the 
carrying amount of each asset in the unit. Any impairment loss 
recognised for goodwill is not reversed in subsequent periods.
On disposal of the relevant CGU, the attributable amount of 
goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss 
on disposal.
108
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Intangible assets	
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination and 
recognised separately from goodwill are initially recognised 
at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as 
their cost).
Subsequent to their initial recognition, intangible assets 
acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment 
losses. Amortisation is recognised on a straight-line basis 
over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life and 
amortisation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting 
period, with the effect of any changes in estimate being 
accounted for on a prospective basis.
For intangible assets that have a finite useful life, an 
assessment is made at each reporting date for indications of 
impairment. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount 
by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s 
fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. For the purposes 
of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest 
levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows 
which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other 
assets or groups of assets (CGUs). Intangible assets (other 
than goodwill) that suffered impairment are reviewed for 
possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.
Costs incurred in acquiring and developing software, that is not 
cloud based, that will contribute to the Group’s future financial 
benefits are capitalised as software and are amortised over the 
estimated useful life on a straight-line basis. Costs capitalised 
include external direct costs of materials, service, consultants 
spent on the projects and internal costs of employees directly 
engaged in delivering the projects. For software in the course 
of development, amortisation commences once development 
is complete and the software is in use. Costs incurred on 
the maintenance of software is expensed as incurred and 
recognised in profit or loss. Subsequent expenditure is 
recognised only when it increases the future economic benefits 
embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other 
expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated 
goodwill and brands is recognised in profit or loss.
Costs incurred on the maintenance of software is expensed as 
incurred and recognised in profit or loss.
Derecognition of intangible assets
An intangible asset is derecognised on disposal, or when no 
future economic benefits are expected from use or disposal. 
Gains or losses arising from the derecognition of an intangible 
asset, measured as the difference between the net disposal 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, are recognised 
in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.
Amortisation of intangible assets
Goodwill is allocated to CGUs and is not amortised. Brand 
names have an indefinite useful life and are not amortised. For 
intangible assets which are amortised, the useful lives for the 
current and comparative periods are as follows:
•	
Management rights: the forecast profile of the profit 
generated 
•	
Customer relationships and property management 
agreements: the expected life of the contracts
•	
Software and trademarks: 3 to 10 years
Useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting 
date and adjusted if appropriate.
Key estimates and assumptions
Impairment assessment of intangible assets
The Group assesses whether goodwill is impaired at least 
annually. For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill 
is allocated to the Group's CGUs. The CGUs align with the 
Group's operating segments as disclosed in note 3 and are 
consistent with the comparative period. The recoverable 
amount of each CGU is determined based on the value in use 
calculations that utilise five-year cash flow projections plus 
a terminal value based on the financial forecasts approved 
by management. In determining these cash flow projections, 
management considers:
•	
current and expected performance of each CGU;
•	
Board and management-approved budgets and strategic 
plans; and
•	
changes in Australian and international economic and 
market environments.
The relevant assumptions in deriving the value in use of the 
CGUs are as follows:
•	
the budgeted net profit before tax for each CGU for each 
year within the cash flow projection period;
•	
the terminal growth rate;
•	
the pre-tax discount rate; and
•	
growth rates, which are consistent with long term trends in 
the industry segments in which the CGUs operate. 
No impairment charge was recognised during the year as the 
recoverable amount of each CGU was determined to be in 
excess of the carrying amount.
22	
Intangible assets (continued)
Accounting policy (continued)
109
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
22	
Intangible assets (continued)
Key estimates and assumptions (continued)
Impairment assessment of intangible assets (continued)
The following CGUs represent the carrying amounts of goodwill:
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Terminal growth rates
Pre-tax discount rates
$’000
$’000
Asset Management
2.8%
1.0%
 12.5% 
 12.5% 
 27,466 
 26,163 
Lending & Technology
2.8%
1.0%
13.0%
 13.0% 
 114,159 
 114,159 
CA&E
2.8%
1.0%
 11.0% 
 11.0% 
 1,326 
 1,326 
Total
 142,951 
 141,648 
Sensitivity analysis
Management considered, for all CGUs, that reasonable changes in key assumptions, such as an increase in the discount rate by 
2.5% and a decrease in the terminal growth rate by 1%, leaving all other assumptions constant, would not result in the carrying 
amount exceeding the value in use for any of the CGUs. The sensitivity analysis was done on the basis that a reasonably possible 
change in each key assumption would not have a consequential impact on other assumptions.
23	
Trade and other payables
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Current
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 18,930 
 16,050 
Accrued commissions
 20,473 
 16,689 
Other liabilities
 34,703 
 25,000 
GST payable
 1,233 
 1,901 
Total trade and other payables – current
 75,339 
 59,640 
Non-current 
Other liabilities
 5,954 
 5,449 
Total trade and other payables – non-current
 5,954 
 5,449 
Total trade and other payables
 81,293 
 65,089 
110
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
24	
Borrowings
Note
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Current
Unsecured notes
(a)(i)
 - 
 40,000 
Unsecured notes – limited recourse
(a)(ii)
 - 
 30,030 
Securitised borrowings
(c)
 1,393 
 - 
Mortgage trust notes
(d)
 1,331,407 
 280,681 
Total borrowings – current
 1,332,800 
 350,711 
Non-current 
Unsecured notes
(a)(i)
 133,569 
 25,000 
Unsecured notes – limited recourse
(a)(ii)
 124,285 
 109,190 
Fund preferred units
(b)
 1,786,389 
 1,127,452 
Securitised borrowings
(c)
 474,007 
 14,419 
Mortgage trust notes
(d)
 638,978 
 526,724 
Total borrowings – non-current
 3,157,228 
 1,802,785 
Total borrowings
 4,490,028 
 2,153,496 
Information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and liquidity risk is included in note 26.
(a)	
Unsecured notes programme
(i)	
Unsecured notes
MA VI
MAFG Finance 
Note 1
MAFG Finance 
Note 2
Classification
Non-current
Non-current
Non-current
Issue
2022
2024
2024
Maturity date
Sep 2027
Apr 2028
Mar 2029
Face value ($m)
 25.0 
 70.0 
 40.0 
Carrying value ($m)
 25.0 
 69.1 
 39.5 
Interest rate per annum
5.75%
3m BBSW + 4.85%
8.00%
Interest payment frequency 
Semi-annual
Quarterly
Semi-annual
MA IV and MA VI unsecured notes programme
Except for the obligation to pay periodic interest and repay the principal, the terms of the MA VI notes do not include any material 
undertakings or obligations which, if not complied with, would result in an acceleration of the amount owing.
The MA IV note, which had a four-year stated maturity, was fully redeemed on 30 September 2024.
MAFG Finance Notes unsecured notes programme
During the year, the Group raised $110.0 million (31 December 2023: nil) through the issuance of the MAFG Finance Notes . The 
proceeds were used for general corporate purposes including the full repayment of the MACI note that matured in May 2024 and 
the MA IV note that matured in September 2024.
The MAFG Finance Notes contain a covenant that requires total debt to total tangible assets (excluding right-of-use assets) of the 
Group to be less than 55% (based on operating balance sheet). This covenant is tested on 30 June and 31 December each year. 
The note may become repayable if the covenant is not met. The Group was compliant with this covenant at 31 December 2024.
111
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
24	
Borrowings (continued)
(a)	
Unsecured notes programme (continued)
MACI and MACPI limited recourse notes programme
The MACPI limited recourse notes have been designed and 
issued principally for investors under the Significant Investor 
Visa (SIV) programme. The notes constitute unsecured, 
unsubordinated obligations of issuing special purpose Group 
entities (issuing entities). The issuing entities invest the 
proceeds of the note issuances in a diversified portfolio of 
financial assets. The notes have sole recourse to the assets 
of the relevant issuing entities and are not guaranteed by the 
Company. 
The MACI note was fully redeemed on 16 May 2024. It had a 
five-year stated maturity, however could be redeemed at the 
option of the note holders subject to a minimum 12-month 
holding period following issue. 
MALI limited recourse notes programme
The MALI limited recourse notes have been designed and 
issued principally for investors under the limited recourse, 
secured medium term note programme. The proceeds are 
used to invest in certain credit trusts managed by the Group 
and/or other credit portfolios where the Group co-invests as a 
principal. The note is limited in recourse only to the assets of 
the issuer. If proceeds from the underlying credit investments 
are insufficient to repay or redeem the notes, then there will be 
no further recourse to the broader assets of the Group.
During the year, $25.0 million was raised via the issuance of 
the MALI 3 and MALI 4 notes (year ended 31 December 2023: 
$40.0 million). The MALI 1 note was fully redeemed on 17 
September 2024. It had a five-year stated maturity, however 
could be redeemed at the option of the note holder.
(ii)	
Unsecured notes – limited recourse
MACPI
MALI 2
MALI 3
MALI 4
Classification
Non-current
Non-current
Non-current
Non-current
Issue
2021
2023
2024
2024
Maturity Date
Dec 2027
Jul 2026
Mar 2027
Nov 2026
Face value ($m)
 70.0 
 30.0 
 10.0 
 15.0 
Carrying value ($m)
 70.0 
 29.5 
 9.8 
 15.0 
Interest rate per annum
RBA + 4.00%
8.10%
8.35%
12.50%
Interest payment frequency
Semi-annual
Quarterly
Quarterly
Quarterly
112
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
PIFs
USD PIF
Fund Preferred Units
Classification
Non-current
Non-current
31 December 2024 ($m)
1,753.0
33.4
31 December 2023 ($m)
1,107.4
20.1
Fund Preferred Units preferential distribution
RBA cash rate 
+ 4.00%
SOFR¹ + 3.50%
Class B Units “first loss” co-investment:
10%
10% reducing to 5%
31 December 2024
Held by the Group ($m)
 158.1 
 3.3 
Held by external unit holders ($m)
 17.5 
 - 
Total
 175.6 
 3.3 
31 December 2023
Held by the Group ($m)
 110.7 
 2.0 
Total
 110.7 
 2.0 
1.	
Secured Overnight Financing Rate
24	
Borrowings (continued)
(b)	
Fund preferred units
MA Priority Income Fund (PIF), MA Wholesale Priority 
Income Fund (WPIF) and MA USD Priority Income Fund 
(USD PIF)
The Group manages the PIF, WPIF (PIFs) and USD PIF. The 
funds provide investors with exposure to a diversified portfolio 
of credit investments via an investment in Class A Units (Fund 
Preferred Units) in MA Master Credit Trust, MA USD Master 
Credit Trust and MA Diversified Credit Trust (MCTs). As a 
co-investment, the Group holds Class B Units in the respective 
MCTs. The MCTs are consolidated entities of the Group.
Fund Preferred Units receive a preferential distribution from 
the realised profits of the MCTs. The Class B Units held by the 
Group and a fund managed by the Group, receive any excess 
distributable profits after paying the preferential distribution 
on the Fund Preferred Units and any MCT expenses. The Class 
B Units held by the Group and the fund also provides Fund 
Preferred Unit holders with a “first loss” capital buffer which 
affords the Fund Preferred Units preferential treatment on 
distribution and wind-up of the MCTs. The Group’s maximum 
economic exposure is limited to the value of the Class B Unit 
held by the Group. The Class B Units held by a fund managed 
by the Group are disclosed as Fund unit liabilities held at 
FVTPL, disclosed in other financial liabilities in note 17.
Redemptions of the Fund Preferred Units are at the discretion 
of the MCTs trustee and require the consent of the Group. 
Therefore the units are treated as non-current liabilities as 
the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement for at 
least 12 months after the end of the reporting period.
113
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Securitised borrowings are held within the consolidated credit 
trusts and are secured against the assets of the trusts.
Securitised notes
The securitised notes represent the amounts payable to note 
holders of instruments issued by the Group.
Secured bank loans
The Group has a line of credit and two debt facilities with 
international banks.
Secured bank loan 2 has an undrawn amount of $6.6 million 
and contains the following covenant that requires compliance 
at 31 December, otherwise any drawn amounts are repayable 
within 12 months from reporting date. The Group was 
compliant with this covenant at 31 December 2024.
•	
Net Advances over net asset value is less than 50%
Secured bank loan 3 has an undrawn amount of $7.7 million 
and contains the following covenants that require compliance 
at each fiscal quarter, otherwise any drawn amounts are 
repayable within 12 months from reporting date. The Group 
was compliant with these covenants at 31 December 2024.
•	
The Asset Coverage ratio must stay above 350%
•	
The number of eligible investments must be eight or above 
•	
Liquidity Ratio of at least 80%
(d)	
Mortgage trust notes
The Group's mortgage lending activity is funded through a 
combination of warehouse facilities provided by Australian 
and international banks, and public term securitisation 
transactions. The mortgage trust notes are within consolidated 
credit trusts and the notes issued do not contain financial 
covenants whereby non-compliance triggers drawn amounts to 
be repayable within 12 months from reporting date. 
Warehouse facilities are limited recourse funding vehicles 
established by the Group and funded by key banking partners 
to originate new mortgages to customers. As at 31 December 
2024, the unutilised senior capacity across all facilities 
is $247.0 million (31 December 2023: $997.8 million). The 
maturity date for these facilities is less than 12 months from 
reporting date. The terms of the facilities do not necessarily 
match the terms of the loan assets. Warehouse facilities are 
often established with a view to selling the assets to another 
funding vehicle and are renewable agreements with a rolling 12 
to 24 month term.
(e)	
Working capital facility
The Group has an undrawn debt facility of $80.0 million with 
a major domestic bank. The maturity date of the facility is 15 
December 2025.
Accounting policy
All borrowings are financial liabilities and are initially 
recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at 
amortised cost.	 	
	
	
	
Costs associated with the issuance of notes have been 
capitalised against the relevant liability and are recognised in 
the Statement of profit or loss and comprehensive income over 
the life of the notes.
(c)	
Securitised borrowings
$'m
Currency
Interest rate per annum
Maturity date
Face value
Carrying amount
31 December 2024
Securitised notes
AUD
1m BBSW + 1.40%
Jul 2032
 415.7 
 415.7 
Secured bank loan 1
USD
1m SOFR + 3.75%
Mar 2025
 1.4 
 1.4 
Secured bank loan 2
AUD
3m BBSY +2.80%
Jun 2029
 43.4 
 42.5 
Secured bank loan 3
USD
1m SOFR + 3.15%
Oct 2026
 16.4 
 15.8 
Total
 476.9 
 475.4 
31 December 2023
Secured bank loan 1
USD
1m SOFR + 3.75%
Mar 2025
14.4
14.4
Total
14.4
14.4
24	
Borrowings (continued)
114
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
25	
Provisions
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Current
Bonuses
 30,008 
 28,941 
Provision for annual leave
 7,169 
 6,658 
Provision for long service leave
 3,737 
 3,196 
Total provisions – current
 40,914 
 38,795 
Non-current
Provision for long service leave
 1,885 
 1,645 
Provision for long term incentives
 280 
 - 
Total provisions – non-current
 2,165 
 1,645 
Total provisions
 43,079 
 40,440 
Accounting policy
Employee benefit liabilities represents accrued bonus, annual 
and long service leave entitlements and long term incentives 
recognised in respect of employee services up to the end of the 
reporting date.
Liabilities recognised in respect of short term employee 
benefits are measured at the amounts expected to be paid 
when the liabilities are settled by the Group in respect of 
services provided by employees up to the reporting date.
Liabilities recognised in respect of long term employee benefits 
are measured as the present value of the estimated future 
cash outflows to be made by the Group in respect of services 
provided by employees up to the reporting date.
Key estimates and assumptions
The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of 
the consideration required to settle the present obligation at 
the end of the reporting date, taking into account the risks and 
uncertainties surrounding the obligation. When a provision is 
measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present 
obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those 
cash flows.
115
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
26	
Financial risk management
26.1	
Risk management framework
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial and 
non-financial risks. Financial risks include credit risk, liquidity 
risk and market risk (including currency risk, interest rate 
risk and price risk). The Group’s overall risk management 
framework operates to identify and assess all the risks to which 
the Group is exposed, including financial risks, with the aim of 
identifying options for risk treatment, maintaining the Group’s 
exposure within the parameters set out in its Risk Appetite 
Statement, and to provide management information.
This framework is summarised in the Group’s Corporate 
Governance Statement, available on its website, and in the 
Sustainability report. These documents outline the roles of 
the Board, the Audit and Risk Committee (ARC), the Group’s 
Risk Appetite Statement and the Risk Management Statement 
which describes the approach to risk management.
The Board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the 
Group’s risk management framework. It has established 
the ARC to assist it by monitoring the effectiveness of the 
framework and reporting to the Board on its activities. These 
risk governance arrangements are supported by documented 
risk management policies and procedures and by a supportive 
risk culture.
26.2	
Capital management
The capital structure of the Group consists of net cash (cash 
and bank balances offset by unsecured notes and any drawn 
portion of the working capital facility) and equity (comprising 
contributed equity, retained earnings and reserves).
The Group manages its capital with the aim of ensuring that 
the Group will be able to continue as a going concern and 
support growth opportunities while maximising the return to 
shareholders, through the optimisation of the debt and equity 
mix. The Group’s overall capital management strategy remains 
unchanged from 2023.
The Group's subsidiaries have satisfied all externally imposed 
capital requirements throughout the financial year, as per the 
requirements set out below: 
•	
MA Moelis Australia Securities Pty Ltd, is an ASX market 
participant and therefore has an externally imposed 
capital requirement.
•	
Certain other subsidiaries of the Company hold an 
Australian Financial Services Licence (AFSL) and therefore 
have externally imposed separate capital requirements. 
•	
MA Money has a contractual obligation to hold a minimum 
amount of capital at all times.
The Group's working capital facility was undrawn at 31 
December 2024. In accordance with the terms of the working 
capital facility, the Group is required to comply with certain 
covenants. During the year ended to 31 December 2024, the 
Group was compliant with these covenants. Refer to note 24 
for further details on the Group's borrowings, maturity dates 
and covenant requirements. 
116
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
26	
Financial risk management (continued)
26.3	
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value and/or future cash 
flows from a financial instrument will fluctuate as a result of 
changes in market factors. Market risk comprises of:	
•	
Currency risk: due to fluctuations in foreign currency 
exchange rates;
•	
Interest rate risk: due to fluctuations in market interest 
rates; and
•	
Price risk: due to fluctuations in fair value of equities and 
other instruments.
The Group uses derivatives to manage market risks. All 
such transactions are carried out within the guidelines set 
by management. Generally, the Group seeks to apply hedge 
accounting to manage volatility in profit or loss.
26.3.1	
Currency risk
The Group's investment of capital in foreign operations, for 
example, subsidiaries or associates with functional currencies 
other than the Australian dollar, exposes the Group to the risk 
of changes in foreign exchange rates. Variations in the value 
of these foreign operations arising as a result of exchange 
differences are reflected in the foreign currency translation 
reserve in equity.
The Group manages its exposure to income denominated in 
foreign currency when foreign currency income is recognised or 
received in cash. Foreign currency debtors and foreign currency 
bank balances are periodically reviewed relative to the Group’s 
balance sheet and liquidity requirements. Revenue received 
in foreign currency may be retained in those currencies, in 
order to meet future foreign currency denominated expenses, 
and exposes the Group to unrealised foreign currency gains 
or losses.
The Group uses forward exchange contracts to hedge its 
currency risk, most with a maturity of less than one year from 
the reporting date. The Group designates the spot element of 
forward exchange contracts to hedge its currency risk. The 
Group determines the existence of an economic relationship 
between the hedging instrument and hedged item based on the 
currency, amount and timing of respective cash flows. 
The following table details the Group's significant net exposures to foreign currency as at the reporting date in Australian dollar 
equivalent amounts.
USD 
$’000
31 December 2024
Assets
167,173 
Liabilities
(131,200)
Forward exchange contracts
(2,261)
Net exposure in Australian dollars
33,712 
31 December 2023
Assets
108,494 
Liabilities
(46,452)
Net exposure in Australian dollars
62,042 
Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
The Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk is measured using sensitivity analysis. The table below presets the sensitivity of 
the Group’s net exposure to the currencies, with the most impact to the Group, against the Australian dollar at the year end. A 
sensitivity of 10% continues to be applied as it remains reasonable given the current level of exchange rates and volatility. The 
impact to profit or loss and equity is at a post-tax rate of 30%. The risks faced and methods used in the sensitivity analysis are the 
same as those applied in the comparative period.
Sensitivity
31 Dec 2024
Profit/(loss)
$’000
+/-
31 Dec 2024
Change in equity
$’000
+/-
31 Dec 2023
Profit/(loss)
$’000
+/-
31 Dec 2023
Change in equity
$’000
+/-
Currency
United States Dollar
+/-10%
 2,360/(2,360) 
2,360/(2,360)
 6,204/(6,204) 
 6,204/(6,204) 
117
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
26	
Financial risk management (continued)
26.3	
Market risk (continued)
26.3.2	 Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk to the Group’s earnings and equity arising from movements in market interest rates. Interest rate 
exposure is driven by interest rate mismatches between assets and liabilities. Positions are monitored to ensure risk levels are 
maintained within established limits.
The Group uses interest rate swaps as hedges of the variability in cash flows attributable to movements in interest rates. The 
Group applies a hedge ratio of 1:1. The Group determines the existence of an economic relationship between the hedging 
instrument and hedged item based on the reference interest rates, tenors, repricing dates and maturities and the notional or 
par amounts. The Group assess whether the derivative designated in each hedging relationship is expected to be effective in 
offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item.
For the Group’s residential mortgages, the mortgages and mortgage trust notes are both structured with variable interest rates 
which minimises cash flow volatility and interest rate mismatches. 
The table below summarises the profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments at reporting date.
Carrying amount
31 Dec 2024
$’000
31 Dec 2023
$’000
Fixed rate instruments
Loans receivable
 156,684 
 157,830 
Unsecured notes
 (118,790)
 (94,200)
Effects of interest rate swaps
 (2,131)
 - 
Total
 35,763 
 63,630 
Variable rate instruments
Loans receivable
 4,379,258 
 1,930,936 
Unsecured notes
 (139,064)
 (110,020)
Securitised borrowings
 (475,400)
 (14,419)
Fund preferred units
 (1,786,389)
 (1,127,452)
Mortgage trust notes
 (1,970,385)
 (807,405)
Total
 8,020 
 (128,360)
Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The Group’s sensitivity to movements in interest rates in relation to the value of interest-bearing financial instruments is shown in 
the table below. The impact on profit and equity is at a post-tax rate of 30%. The risks faced and methods used in the sensitivity 
analysis are the same as those applied in the comparative period.
Change in 
interest rates
31 Dec 2024
Profit/(loss)
$’000
+/-
31 Dec 2024
Change in equity
$’000
+/-
31 Dec 2023
Profit/(loss)
$’000
+/-
31 Dec 2023
Change in equity
$’000
+/-
Loans receivable
+/-1%
 30,655/(30,655) 
30,655/(30,655)
 20,797/(20,797) 
 20,797/(20,797) 
Borrowings
-/+1%
 30,599/(30,599) 
30,599/(30,599)
 21,535/(21,535) 
 21,535/(21,535) 
118
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
26.3.3	 Price risk
Price risk is the risk that the fair value of a financial instrument will fluctuate as a result of changes in market prices (other than 
those arising from interest rate or currency risk). The Group is exposed to equity price risk on its holdings in equity investments.
The potential impact of movements in the market value of listed and unlisted equities is shown in the below sensitivity analysis. 
The impact on profit and equity is at a post-tax rate of 30%. The risks faced and methods used in the sensitivity analysis are the 
same as those applied in the comparative period.
Equities
Change in 
market prices
31 Dec 2024
Profit/(loss)
$’000
+/-
31 Dec 2024
Change in equity
$’000
+/-
31 Dec 2023
Profit/(loss)
$’000
+/-
31 Dec 2023
Change in equity
$’000
+/-
Listed equities
+/-5%
 26/(26) 
26/(26)
55/(55)
55/(55)
Unlisted equities
+/-5%
 845/(845) 
845/(845)
 1,342/(1,342) 
 1,342/(1,342) 
26	
Financial risk management (continued)
26.3	
Market risk (continued)
26.4	
Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty to a financial 
instrument will fail to meet its contractual obligations when 
they fall due.
The Group mitigates its treasury-related counterparty credit 
risk by ensuring its cash and liquid assets are held with financial 
institutions of requisite credit quality.
The Group’s primary credit risk exposures relate to its credit 
investment and lending activities. Where credit investments 
are originated or financed through an investment fund vehicle, 
the Group will only have direct exposure to credit risk to the 
extent it has participated in funding, underwriting the loan, 
or co-investing in the fund. The Group co-invests in some of 
its credit investment fund vehicles in various ways, including 
as a fund unitholder and, in some cases, as a subordinated 
unitholder. The Group may face indirect consequences from 
borrower default or other impacts of credit risk including lower 
fund investment returns, client dissatisfaction and the time and 
expense required to intensively manage the position. Note 15 
details the Group's approach to recognising and measuring ECL 
on credit investments.
The Group engages in a range of credit investment activities, 
managed by its Global Credit Solutions and Real Estate Credit 
teams, which can include making secured loans to corporate 
borrowers, real estate development funding, specialty credit 
and asset-backed lending opportunities. The Group also 
undertakes direct lending through its lending platforms, 
including MA Money (for residential home loans) and its 
specialty finance business (for certain types of specialty credit 
where the Group is an originator of assets outside the credit 
investment activities it undertakes for its managed funds). 
In general terms, the Group controls its credit risk exposure 
by assessing the creditworthiness of counterparties and 
obtaining sufficient collateral, where appropriate, as a means 
of mitigating the risk of financial loss from defaults. The Group 
only transacts with counterparties with an acceptable level 
of credit risk through use of a rigorous credit risk evaluation 
process, which may be augmented by a shadow rating process 
which can then be monitored over the life of the loan facility.
Maximum exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of the Group's financial assets and 
contract assets reported on the Statement of financial position 
represents the maximum exposure to credit risk.
Receivables
The Group's exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the 
individual characteristics of each customer. The Group does 
not require collateral in respect of trade and other receivables. 
At each reporting period, the Group reviews the recoverable 
amount of each receivable on an individual basis to ensure that 
adequate loss allowance is made for irrecoverable amounts.
Contract assets
The Group's contract assets relate mainly to high credit quality 
financial institutions. The Group bears the risk of non-payment 
of future trail commissions by lenders should they not maintain 
solvency. However, should a lender not meet its obligations as 
a debtor then the Group is under no obligation to pay out any 
future trail commissions to brokers.
Commercial loans
Where a loan is funded primarily by the Group’s financial 
resources, it is subject to approval by the Group’s Credit 
Investment Committee. In other cases, above de minimis levels, 
it requires the approval of the relevant fund or divisional Credit 
Investment Committee. The exact nature of the credit analysis 
undertaken differs depending on the nature of the lending 
activity and the size of the loan. In general, credit risk analysis 
is focused on ensuring that risks have been fully identified and 
119
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
that the downside risk is properly understood and acceptable 
and can include an assessment of:
•	
the fundamental characteristics of the borrower, including 
its asset, business or commercial dynamics; 
•	
the borrower’s industry and relevant industry dynamics;
•	
the owner or sponsor of the borrower; 
•	
the borrower's financial characteristics, along with 
commercial and qualitative performance dynamics;
•	
the borrower’s own credit and financial risk management 
practices; 
•	
ratings or internal shadow rating calculations using public 
information and financial information of the borrower;
•	
historical loan performance, nature of risk and yield;
•	
borrower's credit policy to ascertain their underwriting 
practices; 
•	
alignment to the Group's risk appetite; and
•	
securitisation of assets and undertakings.
To mitigate exposure to loan defaults, security and collateral are 
often negotiated and documented in executed loan agreements. 
Ongoing monitoring of borrowers' financial performance 
(including arrears balances, ageing of arrears and losses 
incurred) are performed and any exceptions reported to senior 
management who use the information to review individual loan 
exposures, make decisions on reducing commitments, and 
where required refinancing options to refinance out of certain 
exposures no longer aligned to risk appetite. 
The Group completes an assessment of whether there is a 
significant increase in credit risk when an amount becomes 
more than 90 days past due on a case by case basis due to the 
fact that:
•	
the majority of the counterparties for commercial loans 
made are through the Group's managed funds, and 
therefore the credit risk is lower compared to external 
counterparties; and
•	
historically there have been no defaults from loans 
described above despite being over 90 days with amounts 
being repaid in full within a reasonable period.
Residential mortgages
The Group manages its credit risk from residential mortgages 
by lending responsibly and obtaining security over residential 
property for each loan. In monitoring the credit risk, loans are 
grouped according to their credit characteristics using credit 
risk classifications. This includes the use of the Loan to Value 
Ratio (LVR) and days in arrears to assess the Group’s exposure 
to credit risk. 
The Group has a credit risk framework and credit risk policy 
for its residential lending that aligns to the responsible lending 
regulations. It includes stringent underwriting criteria and 
a thorough analysis of a borrower’s credit worthiness. The 
Group’s Credit Risk Council is responsible for the active 
management, implementation, and oversight of its credit risk 
framework. 
Under the Group's monitoring procedures, a significant 
increase in credit risk is identified pre-emptively, before a 
default occurs. This process includes identifying exposures 
that become 30 days past due as a key indicator of increased 
risk. The Group’s loan portfolio management strategies support 
the individual circumstances of customers in line with its 
hardship policies.
26	
Financial risk management (continued)
26.4	
Credit risk (continued)
120
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
26	
Financial risk management (continued)
26.4	
Credit risk (continued)
Ageing of amortised cost financial asset
The table below gives information regarding the carrying value of the Group's financial assets measured at amortised cost. The 
analysis splits these assets by those that are not past due and those that are past due.
Amortised cost 
financial assets
Past due
Not past due
$'000
1 – 30 days
$'000
31 – 60 days
$'000
61 – 90 days
$'000
90+ days
$'000
Total
$'000
31 December 2024
Receivables¹
 64,121 
 356 
 - 
 - 
 21,205 
 85,682 
Loans receivable
 4,397,218 
 78,925 
 31,839 
 8,091 
 19,869 
 4,535,942 
Total
 4,461,339 
 79,281 
 31,839 
 8,091 
 41,074 
 4,621,624 
31 December 2023
Receivables
 50,737 
 1,869 
 85 
 - 
 24,675 
 77,366 
Loans receivable
 2,022,467 
 34,150 
 18,246 
 8,294 
 5,609 
 2,088,766 
Total
 2,073,204 
 36,019 
 18,331 
 8,294 
 30,284 
 2,166,132 
1. Receivables that are past due 90 days relate to performance fees that are subject to an annual fee cap. The amount represents the carried 
forward excess to be collected in future periods.
The table below summarises the loans receivable and the loss allowance by stage.
Lifetime ECL
Stage I
$'000
Stage II
$'000
Stage III
$'000
Total
$'000
31 December 2024
Loans receivable
 4,486,887 
 40,187 
 20,748 
 4,547,822 
Loss allowance
 (10,744)
 (257)
 (879)
 (11,880)
Total
 4,476,143 
 39,930 
 19,869 
 4,535,942 
31 December 2023
Loans receivable
 2,062,267 
 26,674 
 5,835 
 2,094,776 
Loss allowance
 (5,649)
 (135)
 (226)
 (6,010)
Total
 2,056,618 
 26,539 
 5,609 
 2,088,766 
121
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Cash flow hedges
The Group held the following instruments to hedge exposures to changes in foreign currency and interest rates.
31 December 2024
31 December 2023
Less than 
one year
$'000
One to 
three 
years
$'000
More than 
three 
years
$'000
Total
$'000
Less than 
one year
$'000
One to 
three 
years
$'000
More than 
three 
years
$'000
Total
$'000
Foreign currency risk
Forward exchange 
contracts 
Net exposure in 
Australian dollars 
 37,039 
 - 
 - 
 37,039 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
Average USD:AUD 
forward contract rate 
 0.64 
 - 
 - 
 0.64 
 - 
 - 
 - 
Interest rate risk
Interest rate swaps
Net exposure in 
Australian dollars 
 96,883 
 185,570 
 128,487 
 410,940 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
Average fixed interest 
rate 
4.0%
4.0%
4.0%
4.0%
 - 
 - 
 - 
26	
Financial risk management (continued)
26.4	
Credit risk (continued)
122
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
26.5	
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that financial obligations of the Group 
cannot be met as and when they fall due without incurring 
significant costs. The Group manages liquidity risk by 
monitoring forecast cash requirements, both short and longer 
term, against its current liquid assets.
The Group aims to ensure that it has sufficient liquidity to 
meet its obligations on a short, medium and long term basis. 
In setting the level of sufficient liquidity, the Group considers 
contractual obligations, minimum cash requirements, AFSL 
requirements, cash flow forecasts, associated reporting 
requirements, other liquidity risks and contingency plans.
The following table details the Group’s remaining contractual 
maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities. The table 
reflects the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities 
based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required 
to pay. Mortgage trust notes and securitised borrowings are 
excluded in the table as under such arrangements, recourse is 
limited to the assets of the relevant trusts to which the liability 
relates. For mortgage trust notes, the repayment profile of 
the notes is matched to the repayments collected from the 
loan assets.
26	
Financial risk management (continued)
Maturity profile of undiscounted 
financial liabilities
Less than
1 month
$’000
1–3
months
$’000
3–12
months
$’000
1–5
years
$’000
5+
years
$’000
Total
$’000
31 December 2024
Trade and other payables
 63,129 
 12,086 
 124 
 5,954 
 - 
 81,293 
Other financial liabilities
 - 
 - 
 40,404 
 93,725 
 - 
 134,129 
Unsecured notes
 - 
 - 
 - 
 257,854 
 - 
 257,854 
Fund preferred units
 - 
 - 
 - 
 1,786,389 
 - 
 1,786,389 
Lease liabilities
 985 
 1,970 
 8,864 
 60,021 
 12,360 
 84,200 
Total financial liabilities
 64,114 
 14,056 
 49,392 
 2,203,943 
 12,360 
 2,343,865 
31 December 2023
Trade and other payables
 50,308 
 9,297 
 36 
 5,448 
 - 
 65,089 
Other financial liabilities
 - 
 - 
 140,020 
 - 
 - 
 140,020 
Unsecured notes
 - 
 - 
 70,030 
 134,190 
 - 
 204,220 
Fund preferred units
 - 
 - 
 - 
 1,127,452 
 - 
 1,127,452 
Lease liabilities
 844 
 1,742 
 7,758 
 57,179 
 23,236 
 90,759 
Total financial liabilities
 51,152 
 11,039 
 217,844 
 1,324,269 
 23,236 
 1,627,540 
The amounts included above for variable interest rate instruments for non-derivative financial liabilities are subject to change if 
changes in variable interest rates differ to those estimates of interest rates determined at the end of the reporting period. 
123
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
27	
Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset 
or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement date, regardless of 
whether that price is directly observable or estimated using 
another valuation technique. 
Where one is available, the Group measures the fair value of an 
instrument using the quoted price in an active market for that 
instrument. A market is regarded as active if transactions for 
the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and 
volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
If there is no quoted price in an active market, then the Group 
uses valuation techniques that maximise the use of relevant 
observant inputs and minimise the use of unobservable inputs. 
The chosen valuation technique incorporates all of the factors 
that market participants would take into account in pricing a 
transaction. 
Financial instruments measured at fair value are categorised 
under a three-level hierarchy, reflecting the availability of 
observable market inputs when estimating the fair value. 
If different levels of inputs are used to measure a financial 
instrument's fair value, the classification within the hierarchy 
is based on the lowest level that is significant to the fair value 
measurement. Items measured at fair value are categorised 
in their entirety, in accordance with the levels of the fair value 
hierarchy as outlined below.
Level 1	 Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for 
identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the 
measurement date (i.e. listed securities).
Level 2	 Valuation inputs other than quoted prices included 
within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 
either directly or indirectly. 
Level 3	 Valuation inputs that are not based on observable 
market data (unobservable inputs). 
Valuation techniques
Financial assets and liabilities are accounted for in accordance with AASB 9 and comprises of the following categories. 
Basis of measurement
Note
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Amortised cost
12
 177,734 
 180,319 
Restricted cash
Amortised cost
 700 
 700 
Receivables
Amortised cost
13
 85,682 
 77,366 
Loans receivable
Amortised cost/FVTPL
14
 4,535,942 
 2,088,766 
Other financial assets
FVTOCI/FVTPL
17
 78,446 
 160,920 
Contract assets
Amortised cost
16
 811,466 
 705,285 
Total financial assets
 5,689,970 
 3,213,356 
Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Amortised cost
23
 81,293 
 65,089 
Other financial liabilities
FVTOCI/FVTPL
17
 134,129 
 140,020 
Derivative liabilities
FVTPL
18
 4,392 
 - 
Unsecured notes
Amortised cost
24
 257,854 
 204,220 
Mortgage trust notes
Amortised cost
24
 1,970,385 
 807,405 
Securitised borrowings
Amortised cost
24
475,400
14,419
Fund preferred units
Amortised cost
24
 1,786,389 
 1,127,452 
Contract liabilities
Amortised cost
16
 760,222 
 661,158 
Total financial liabilities
 5,470,064 
3,019,763
124
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
The majority of the Group's equity securities, over-the-
counter derivative financial instruments and consolidated 
managed investments are classified as Level 2. This 
recognises the availability of a quoted price but not from an 
active market. The carrying amount of the Group's financial 
assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost is 
assumed to approximate its fair value at the current and prior 
reporting date.
Level 3 assets consist of loans receivable classified at FVTPL 
and unlisted investments where a best estimate valuation 
approach is used. Loan valuations are sensitive to changes in 
credit spreads and discount rates in determining their fair value. 
Changes in either of these inputs would have an impact on the 
net profit of the Group. The valuation of unlisted investments 
is sensitive to variations in unobservable inputs such as cash 
flow projections and discount rates. An increase or a decrease 
to the inputs into the valuations would result in an increase or a 
decrease the net profit of the Group.
The Group reviewed its valuation techniques and key 
inputs for its level 2 and level 3 assets on the estimated fair 
values. The review considered the most recent independent 
valuations, quoted unit prices of recent equity transactions, 
expected duration the assets are likely to be held for and the 
macroeconomic outlook for the industries each asset operates 
in. As a result of the review, no significant change in the fair 
values of the assets was identified and the Group considers the 
fair values adopted to be appropriate.
Valuation processes
The Group has an established control framework with respect 
to the measurement of fair values. This includes a valuation 
function that has overall responsibility for overseeing all 
significant fair value measurements, including level 3 fair 
values, and reports directly to the Chief Financial Officer. The 
valuation function regularly reviews significant unobservable 
inputs and valuation adjustments. Significant valuation issues 
are reported to the Group's Audit and Risk Committee.
Mandatorily
at FVTPL
$’000
Fair value 
– hedging 
instruments
FVTOCI-
equity
instruments
$’000
Total
$’000
Level 1
$’000
Level 2
$’000
Level 3
$’000
Total
$’000
31 December 2024
Loans receivable
 4,562 
 - 
 - 
 4,562 
 - 
 - 
 4,562 
 4,562 
Non-equity securities
 3,142 
 - 
 - 
 3,142 
 - 
 - 
 3,142 
 3,142 
Equity securities
 442 
 - 
 21,306 
 21,748 
 741 
 21,007 
 - 
 21,748 
Consolidated managed 
fund investments 
 - 
 - 
 53,556 
 53,556 
 - 
 53,556 
 - 
 53,556 
Total assets measured 
at fair value 
 8,146 
 - 
 74,862 
 83,008 
 741 
 74,563 
 7,704 
 83,008 
Consolidated managed 
fund investments 
 - 
 - 
 40,404 
 40,404 
 - 
 40,404 
 - 
 40,404 
Derivative liabilities 
 - 
 4,392 
 - 
 4,392 
 - 
 4,392 
 - 
 4,392 
Fund unit liabilities held 
at FVTPL 
 93,725 
 - 
 - 
 93,725 
 - 
 93,725 
 - 
 93,725 
Total liabilities 
measured at fair value 
 93,725 
 4,392 
 40,404 
 138,521 
 - 
 138,521 
 - 
 138,521 
31 December 2023
Loans receivable
 5,948 
 - 
 - 
 5,948 
 - 
 - 
 5,948 
 5,948 
Non-equity securities
 7,588 
 - 
 - 
 7,588 
 - 
 - 
 7,588 
 7,588 
Equity securities
 619 
 - 
 19,717 
 20,336 
 1,087 
 19,249 
 - 
 20,336 
Consolidated managed 
fund investments 
 - 
 - 
 132,996 
 132,996 
 - 
 132,996 
 - 
 132,996 
Total assets measured 
at fair value 
 14,155 
 - 
 152,713 
 166,868 
 1,087 
 152,245 
 13,536 
 166,868 
Consolidated managed 
fund investments 
 - 
 - 
 103,247 
 103,247 
 - 
 103,247 
 - 
 103,247 
Fund unit liabilities held 
at FVTPL 
 36,773 
 - 
 - 
 36,773 
 - 
 36,773 
 - 
 36,773 
Total liabilities 
measured at fair value 
 36,773 
 - 
 103,247 
 140,020 
 - 
 140,020 
 - 
 140,020 
27	
Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)
125
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
27	
Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)
Reconciliation of balances in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy
During the year there were no transfers between level 1, level 2 and level 3 fair value hierarchies. The following table summarises 
the movements in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for the financial instruments measured at fair value by the Group.
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Balance at the beginning of the year
 13,536 
 21,152 
Purchase, issuances and other additions
 - 
 929 
Sales, settlements and repayments
 (5,823)
 (8,756)
Fair value movements recognised in profit or loss
 (9)
 211 
Closing balance at the end of the year
 7,704 
 13,536 
Changing inputs to the level 3 valuations to reasonably possible alternative assumptions would not significantly change amounts 
recognised in profit or loss, total assets, total liabilities or total equity. There are no equity investments classified at Level 3 (2023: 
nil) and no gains and losses are reported in other comprehensive income.
28	
Contributed equity
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Ordinary share capital
 384,104 
 370,980 
Treasury shares
 (97,955)
 (92,243)
Total contributed equity
 286,149 
 278,737 
Contributed equity
31 Dec 2024
Number of 
shares
31 Dec 2023
Number of 
shares
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Ordinary share capital
Balance at the beginning of the year
 178,331,811 
 175,073,933 
 370,980 
 354,057 
Ordinary shares issued
 3,011,143 
 3,493,878 
 14,646 
 15,346 
Share buy-back and cancellation
 - 
 (236,000)
 - 
 (1,027)
Equity transaction costs
 - 
 - 
 (29)
 (26)
Net settlements related to staff equity awards
 - 
 - 
 2,526 
 205 
Transfer from treasury shares on vesting of awards
 - 
 - 
 (13,594)
 (7,995)
Transfer from share-based payment reserve on 
vesting of awards
 - 
 - 
 9,575 
 10,420 
Balance at the end of the year
 181,342,954 
 178,331,811 
 384,104 
 370,980 
Treasury shares
Balance at the beginning of the year
 (18,437,383)
 (15,346,005)
 (92,243)
 (78,970)
Ordinary shares issued for staff equity awards
 (2,992,309)
 (3,420,530)
 (14,583)
 (15,167)
On market purchases of shares
 (933,755)
 (1,347,789)
 (4,723)
 (6,101)
Shares allocated upon exercise of options
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
Shares allocated under employee share plans
 1,877,915 
 1,676,941 
 13,594 
 7,995 
Balance at the end of the year
 (20,485,532)
 (18,437,383)
 (97,955)
 (92,243)
Contributed equity at the end of the year
 160,857,422 
 159,894,428 
 286,149 
 278,737 
126
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
The Company had authorised share capital amounting to 
181,342,954 ordinary shares at 31 December 2024 (2023: 
178,331,811). Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in 
dividends and the proceeds on the winding up of the Company 
in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares 
held. The fully paid ordinary shares have no par value.
On a show of hands every member present at a meeting in 
person or by proxy shall have one vote and upon a poll each 
share shall have one vote.
Share buy-back
On 20 October 2022, the Group announced an on-market share 
buy-back of up to $25.0 million. The program started on 4 
November 2022 and ended on 3 November 2023. 
Shares purchased on-market for the purpose of an 
employee incentive scheme
During the year, the Company purchased 933,755 shares on-
market (2023: 1,347,789 shares) in order to meet the Group's 
shared based payment awards. The average price of all share 
purchases during the year was $5.06 (2023: $4.53).
Shares issued under a Long-term 
Incentive Plan
During the year, the Company issued 2,992,309 (2023: 
3,420,530) fully paid ordinary shares in order for eligible 
employees of the Group to acquire loan funded shares in the 
Company as part of the Long Term Incentive (LTI) plan. The 
average issue price of the shares was $4.87 (2023: $4.43). The 
purchase price of the shares acquired by eligible employees 
under the LTI was fully funded by a limited recourse loan 
provided by the Company. The shares are subject to vesting 
conditions, including performance conditions and continuous 
employment, and carry the same rights as other fully paid 
ordinary shares. Refer to notes 32.4 for further details.
Accounting policy
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Issued capital in 
respect of ordinary shares is recognised as the fair value of the 
consideration received by the parent entity. Incremental costs 
directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in 
equity as a deduction from the proceeds.
Treasury shares are ordinary shares in the Company held in 
respect of equity incentive plan awards to employees.
28	
Contributed equity (continued)
127
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
29	
Earnings per share
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
cents
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
cents
Basic earnings per share
 26.0 
 17.8 
Diluted earnings per share
 25.0 
 17.3 
The earnings used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is the Group’s profit after tax attributable to equity 
holders of the Company.
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (net of treasury shares) used in 
calculating basic earnings per share
 161,035,140 
 160,179,835 
Adjusted for potential equity shares¹
Share options
 2,577,611 
 1,215,528 
Share rights
 760,226 
 430,365 
Restricted shares
 2,943,945 
 3,170,003 
Salary sacrifice shares
 23,947 
 28,091 
Total potential equity shares
 6,305,729 
 4,843,987 
Total weighted average number of ordinary shares (net of treasury shares) and 
potential equity shares used in calculating diluted earnings per share
 167,340,869 
 165,023,821 
1.	
Refer to note 32 for detail of the terms and conditions of plans impacting diluted earnings per share.
Accounting policy
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the Group’s profit after income tax for the year attributable to equity holders of 
the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year.
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the Group’s profit after income tax for the year attributable to equity holders 
of the Company, adjusted by profit attributable to all the dilutive potential ordinary shares by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares and potential ordinary shares that would be issued on the exchange of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares 
into ordinary shares.
30	
Dividends
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$'000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$'000
Details of the Group’s fully franked dividend payments:
2022 final dividend (14 cents per share paid on 22 March 2023)
 - 
 24,256 
2023 interim dividend (6 cents per share paid on 20 September 2023)
 - 
 10,649 
2023 final dividend (14 cents per share paid on 20 March 2024)
 24,689 
 - 
2024 interim dividend (6 cents per share paid on 18 September 2024)
 10,864 
 - 
Dividends paid
 35,553 
 34,905 
Franking credits
Franking credits available for the subsequent financial year¹
 48,857 
 58,826 
1.	
Calculated at a corporate tax rate of 30% (2023: 30%)
Dividends not recognised at the end of the financial year
Since the end of the financial year, the Directors have resolved to pay a fully franked dividend of 14 cents per share, payable on 
20 March 2025. The aggregate amount of the proposed dividend expected to be paid from retained profits, but not recognised 
as a liability at the end of the year is $25.4 million. This amount has been estimated based on the number of shares eligible to 
participate as at 31 December 2024.
128
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Accounting policy
Share-based payments reserve
Equity settled share-based payments to employees and others 
providing similar services are measured at the fair value of the 
equity instruments at the grant date. 
The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity 
settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-
line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s 
estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest, 
with a corresponding increase in equity. At the end of each 
reporting period, the Group revises its estimate of the number 
of equity instruments expected to vest. The impact of the 
revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit 
or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised 
estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the share-based 
payment reserve.
Equity settled share-based payment transactions with parties 
other than employees are measured at the fair value of goods 
or services received, except where that fair value cannot be 
estimated reliably, in which case they are measured at the fair 
value of the equity instruments granted at the date the entity 
obtains the goods or the counterparty renders the service.
31	
Reserves
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Reserves
Share-based payment reserve (refer to note 32)
 43,017 
 39,181 
Associates OCI reserve
 17,749 
 15,124 
FVTOCI reserve
 (10,460)
 (6,881)
Foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR)
 2,861 
 (2,726)
Cash flow hedge reserve
 (2,131)
 - 
Total reserves
 51,036 
 44,698 
Associates OCI reserve
Balance at the beginning of the year
 15,124 
 21,424 
Share of other comprehensive income/(loss) of associates
 3,373 
 (8,856)
Income tax relating to the revaluation of associates
 (748)
 2,556 
Balance at the end of the year
 17,749 
 15,124 
FVTOCI reserve
Balance at the beginning of the year
 (6,881)
 (6,598)
Net (loss)/gain arising on revaluation of financial assets
 (6,247)
 510 
Income tax relating to gain/(loss) arising on revaluation of financial assets
 2,668 
 (793)
Balance at the end of the year
 (10,460)
 (6,881)
Foreign currency translation reserve
Balance at the beginning of the year
 (2,726)
 211 
Foreign exchange movement on translation of foreign operations
 5,587 
 (2,937)
Balance at the end of the year
 2,861 
 (2,726)
Cash flow hedge reserve
Balance at the beginning of the year
 - 
 - 
Effective portion of changes in fair value
 (2,131)
 - 
Reclassified to profit or loss
 - 
 - 
Balance at the end of the year
 (2,131)
 - 
129
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Foreign currency translation reserve
The results and financial position of subsidiaries that have a 
functional currency different from the presentation currency 
are translated into Australian dollars at the rate of exchange at 
the Statement of financial position date. Exchange differences 
arising on the retranslation are taken directly to the foreign 
currency translation reserve in equity.
On disposal of a foreign operation, in part or in full, the 
cumulative amount in the foreign currency translation reserve 
is recognised in the Statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income or to non-controlling interest.
Cash flow hedge reserve
The cash flow hedge reserve represents the cumulative 
effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair 
value of cash flow hedging instruments related to hedged 
transactions pending subsequent recognition in profit or loss.
31	
Reserves (continued)
Accounting policy (continued)
32	
Share-based payments
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$’000
Share-based payment reserve
Balance at the beginning of the year
 39,181 
 38,974 
Amortisation of share options
 154 
 7 
Amortisation of share rights
 1,284 
 707 
Amortisation of restricted shares
 6,931 
 7,564 
Amortisation of loan funded shares
 2,326 
 439 
Amortisation of share appreciation rights
 2,598 
 1,757 
Unvested salary sacrifice shares
 118 
 155 
Vesting of share-based payments
 (9,575)
 (10,422)
Balance at the end of the year
 43,017 
 39,181 
The component of annual bonus expected to be paid in shares has been accounted for as a share-based payment, with the amounts 
accruing over the expected vesting period of between 1 to 3 years. The accounting standards require the value of the share-based 
component to be determined when there is a shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the scheme and so the estimate 
of the accrual to date could change until this grant date is achieved.
32.1.1	
Employee share options
The Group has granted options to certain employees of the Group. For accounting purposes, fair value of the options is amortised 
as an expense over the vesting period of the options.
 Number of options 
 Weighted average exercise price
$ 
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Balance at the beginning of the year
 889,937 
 1,986,413 
 3.82 
 3.53 
Forfeited during the year
 - 
 (10,000)
 - 
 3.35 
Exercised during the year
 (389,937)
 (1,086,476)
 3.35 
 3.29 
Balance at the end of the year
 500,000 
 889,937 
 4.19 
 3.82 
130
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
2017 share options
Prior to the listing of the Company, a number of employees 
were provided the opportunity to purchase options (share 
option), with each share option carrying the right to acquire 
one share in the Company at a future date.
Each share option is exercisable for a period of one year, 
commencing on the first exercise date applicable to the 
relevant tranche (exercise window) as set out in the table 
below. Each share option expires if it is not exercised within 
the relevant exercise window. The vesting period of the share 
options runs from the grant date to the first exercise date as 
shown in the table below. Unless otherwise determined by the 
Board, a share option holder must continue to be employed by 
the Group in order to exercise the share option.
Share options do not carry any dividend entitlement. Shares 
issued on exercise of share options will rank equally with 
other shares of the Company on and from issue. There are no 
inherent participating rights or entitlements inherent in the 
share option and share option holders will not be entitled to 
participate in new issues of capital offered to shareholders 
during the life of the share option. The issue price of the share 
option was paid by the recipient on receipt of the share option.
The table below provides a summary of the details of the 2007 share options and movements for the year:
Number of 
options at 
beginning 
of year
Acquired 
by
Grant 
date share 
price
Exercise
price of 
option
Issue price
Earliest 
date of 
exercise
Expiry 
date
Options 
forfeited 
during the 
year
Options 
exercised 
during the 
year
Number of 
options at 
year end
 389,937 Employees
$2.35
$3.35
$0.01
8/4/2023
7/4/2024
 - 
 389,937 
 - 
 389,937 
 - 
 389,937 
 - 
Fair value of share options granted
The weighted average value of the share option at the time of grant was $0.0375.
The fair value of the share option was calculated using a Black-Scholes model, adjusted for expectations of forfeiture due to 
employee departures. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value are shown below and are common to all tranches of 
share options, unless otherwise stated:
•	
Dividend yield 4.0%.
•	
Risk-free rate 2.5%.
•	
Expected volatility of 30%, calculated based on the volatility of comparable listed entities.
•	
Expected life of option is the maximum term up to last day of the exercise window.
•	
Forfeiture assumptions for the options granted to employees are that 16%, 20% and 23% of Share options are forfeited for 
tranches 1, 2 and 3 respectively.
32	
Share-based payments (continued)
32.1.1	
Employee share options (continued)
131
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
32	
Share-based payments (continued)
32.1.1	
Employee share options (continued)
2020 share options
During 2020, the Group granted share options to non-Australian domiciled Group employees. The terms of the 2020 share options 
plan are the same as the 2017 share options plan unless otherwise stated below. The table below provides a summary of the 
details of the 2020 share options and movements for the year:
Number of 
options at 
beginning 
of year
Acquired 
by
Grant 
date share 
price
Exercise
price of 
option
Issue price
Earliest 
date of 
exercise
Expiry 
date
Options 
forfeited 
during the 
year
Options 
exercised 
during the 
year
Number of 
options at 
year end
 83,334 Employees
$3.09
$4.04
$0.00
13/3/2024
13/3/2025
 - 
 - 
 83,334 
 83,334 Employees
$3.09
$4.04
$0.00
13/3/2025
13/3/2026
 - 
 - 
 83,334 
 83,332 Employees
$3.09
$4.04
$0.00
13/3/2026
13/3/2027
 - 
 - 
 83,332 
 250,000 
 - 
 - 
 250,000
The weighted average value of the 2020 share options at the time of grant was $0.85.
The fair value of the share options was calculated using a Monte-Carlo model, adjusted for expectations of forfeiture due to 
employee departures. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value are shown below and are common to all tranches of share 
options, unless otherwise stated:
•	
Performance hurdle of 8% per annum increase in total shareholder return.
•	
Risk-free rate 0.67%.
•	
Expected volatility of 42.78%.
•	
Expected life of option is the maximum term up to last day of the exercise window.
•	
Forfeiture assumptions for the options granted to employees are that 25% and 30% of share options are forfeited for tranches 
2 and 3 respectively.
2021 share options
During 2021, the Group granted share options to non-Australian domiciled Group employees. The terms of the 2021 share options 
plan are the same as the 2020 share options plan unless otherwise stated below. The table below provides a summary of the 
details of the 2021 share options and movements for the year:
Number of 
options at 
beginning 
of year
Acquired 
by
Grant 
date share 
price
Exercise
price of 
option
Issue price
Earliest 
date of 
exercise
Expiry 
date
Options 
forfeited 
during the 
year
Options 
exercised 
during the 
year
Number of 
options at 
year end
 125,000 Employees
$4.40
$4.34
$0.00
10/3/2025
10/3/2026
 - 
 - 
 125,000 
 125,000 Employees
$4.40
$4.34
$0.00
10/3/2026
10/3/2027
 - 
 - 
 125,000 
 250,000 
 - 
 - 
 250,000 
The weighted average value of the share options at the time of grant was $1.48.
The fair value of the share options was calculated using a Monte-Carlo model, adjusted for expectations of forfeiture due to 
employee departures. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value are shown below and are common to all tranches of share 
options, unless otherwise stated:
•	
Performance hurdle of 8% per annum increase in total shareholder return.
•	
Risk-free rate 0.67%.
•	
Expected volatility of 42.78%, based on historical MAF share price volatility over the expected term of the plan.
•	
Expected life of option is the maximum term up to last day of the exercise window.
•	
Forfeiture assumptions for the options granted to employees are that 20%, 25% and 30% of share options are forfeited for 
tranches 1, 2 and 3 respectively. 
132
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
 Number of share rights 
 Grant date fair value
$’000 
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Balance at the beginning of the year
 433,479 
 341,964 
 5,787 
 3,684 
Granted during the year
 360,251 
 343,699 
 1,762 
 1,536 
Forfeited during the year
 (30,390)
 (86,843)
 (175)
 (440)
Vested during the year
 - 
 (165,341)
 - 
 1,007 
Balance at the end of the year
 763,340 
 433,479 
 7,374 
 5,787 
32.1.2	 Non-employee share options
During the year the Group provided a third party, Warburg Pincus, with the right to be granted share options to acquire up to 5.0 
million shares in the Company. The share options would be granted in two tranches, subject to a Real Estate Credit Vehicle (Vehicle) 
managed by the Group achieving targets being:
Tranche 1: 2.5 million options to be granted upon the Vehicle having received subscription commitments and committing to deploy 
approximately A$500 million in commitments;
Tranche 2: a further 2.5 million options to be granted upon the Vehicle having received subscription commitments and committing to 
deploy an additional approximately A$500 million of Vehicle commitments, taking total commitments in the Vehicle to A$1 billion.
If granted the share options exercise price is $6.00 and the exercise period would commence on the date that is two years after 
first close of the Vehicle and ends on the earlier of when the Vehicle has repaid investors’ commitments and the term of the notes. If 
exercised the share options can be settled through the issue of shares in the Company and/or cash, at the election of the Group. No 
share options were granted during the year.
32	
Share-based payments (continued)
32.2	
Share rights
Share rights granted as sign-on incentive
The Company has periodically granted share rights to senior 
employees commencing employment with the Group. The 
share rights are priced with reference to the trading price of 
the Company’s shares at the time the offer of employment is 
made. Vesting is subject to continuous employment, with terms 
varying on a case by case basis. Amortisation of the expense 
commences on the day the employees start their employment.
Share rights granted as bonus, performance or 
promotion awards
From 2022, promotion and performance based awards were 
issued to selected employees in the form of share rights to 
better align their interests with shareholders. The number of 
share rights granted was determined by dividing the face value 
of the performance or promotion based equity opportunity by 
the 5-day volume-weighted average price (VWAP) around the 
time of the grant date, rounded to the nearest number. Rights 
granted are subject to a vesting period of three years and a 
service condition, unless otherwise determined by the Board. 
The amortising period has been assessed to commence at the 
grant date of the right.
The table below sets out the movement in share rights during the year:
133
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
32.3	
Restricted shares
Restricted shares – staff bonus incentive scheme
From 2019, as part of the annual staff bonus incentive scheme, the share-based component of short term incentive remuneration 
was delivered in the form of restricted shares, issued to employees as part of their annual bonus awards. The restricted shares were 
priced at the 5-day VWAP of the shares in the Company at the end of the respective financial years. Restricted shares granted in 
relation to the 2023 bonus award were priced at the 5-day VWAP of the shares in Company around the time of the grant date. The 
restricted shares vest over a prescribed vesting period of 10 months to 34 months, and are conditional on continuous employment, 
unless otherwise determined by the Board. The amortisation period has been assessed to commence from the date employees first 
had an expectation of receiving an equity component to their annual bonus (being 1 January of each financial year).
32	
Share-based payments (continued)
 Number of restricted shares 
 Grant date fair value
$'000 
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Balance at the beginning of the year
 3,170,003 
 2,857,404 
 16,959 
 18,017 
Granted during the year
 1,395,909 
 1,925,130 
 6,856 
 8,298 
Forfeited during the year
 (44,331)
 (129,666)
 (212)
 (690)
Vested during the year
 (1,577,636)
 (1,482,865)
 (8,598)
 (8,666)
Balance at the end of the year
 2,943,945 
 3,170,003 
 15,005 
 16,959 
Restricted shares – 2024 staff bonus incentive scheme
As at 31 December 2024, the Group has estimated short term incentive component of the expected 2024 annual bonuses, including 
an estimate of the amount of bonuses to be paid in cash and the share-based component, which is anticipated to be delivered in the 
form of restricted shares. The profit or loss impact (after tax) of the estimated share component for services received for the year 
ended 31 December 2024 was $2.0 million (2023: $2.0 million). The estimate of the cost of the restricted share awards could change 
up until the grant date is achieved.
134
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
32.4	
Loan funded share plan (LFSP)
The LTI LFSP awards are granted to ensure alignment with 
the creation of ongoing shareholder value. Shares granted 
are subject to a vesting period, a service condition, unless 
otherwise determined by the Board, and performance 
conditions as set out in the tables below based on average 
growth in underlying EPS over the vesting period.
During 2022 and 2023 the Group granted LTI LFSP awards 
for senior employees including KMP, in relation to the service 
periods starting on 1 January 2021 and 1 January 2022 
respectively. Shares granted are subject to a vesting period 
of five years.
During 2024, the Group issued LTI LFSP awards for senior 
employees including KMP under a revised plan, for the service 
period commencing on 1 January 2024. Shares granted are 
subject to a vesting period of four years to match the service 
period to the year in which the award is granted.
The total expense recorded for the year in respect of the 
retention LFSP awards and LTI LFSP awards was $2.3 million 
(2023: $0.4 million). The variance in P&L is due to the LFSP 
awards granted during the year and the higher EPS levels 
estimated at vesting derived from future forecasts.
 Number of loan funded shares 
 Grant date fair value
$’000 
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Balance at the beginning of the year
 13,401,548 
 10,474,440 
 68,521 
 56,219 
Granted during the year
 2,992,309 
 3,420,530 
 14,583 
 15,167 
Forfeited during the year
 (76,320)
 (493,422)
 (331)
 (2,865)
Disposed during the year
 (272,188)
 - 
 (1,098)
 - 
Balance at the end of the year
 16,045,349 
 13,401,548 
 81,675 
 68,521 
Retention LFSP awards
The shares issued under the retention LFSP awards have been treated as ‘in substance options’ and have been valued using a 
Monte-Carlo pricing methodology with key inputs shown below.
 2021 Grant 
 2020 Grant 
 Tranche 1 
 Tranche 2 
 Tranche 1 
 Tranche 2 
 Tranche 3 
Vesting period
4 years
5 years
4 years
5 years
6 years
Share price at grant date
$4.34
$4.34
$4.04
$4.04
$4.04
Expected volatility¹
42.78%
42.78%
42.78%
42.78%
42.78%
Risk-free rate
0.67%
0.67%
0.67%
0.67%
0.67%
Fair value per security
$1.45
$1.51
$0.75
$0.86
$0.94
Performance hurdle 
(total shareholder return)
8% p.a.
8% p.a.
8% p.a.
8% p.a.
8% p.a.
Forfeiture assumptions
10%
13%
N/A
25%
30%
LTI LFSP awards
The shares issued under the LTI LFSP awards have been treated as ‘in substance options’ and have been valued using a Black-
Scholes pricing methodology with key inputs shown below.
Service period
 2024 LTI LFSP 
 2022 LTI LFSP 
 2021 LTI LFSP 
Vesting period
4 years
5 years
5 years
Share price at grant date
$4.89
$4.43
$7.91
Expected volatility¹
57.30%
55.22%
40.71%
Risk-free rate
3.64%
3.07%
2.73%
Fair value per security
$1.75
$1.26
$3.11
Performance hurdle (underlying EPS growth)
7.5% – 12.0%
7.5% – 12.0%
7.5% – 12.0%
Forfeiture assumptions
4.0%
20.0%
20.0%
1.	
Based on historical MAF share price volatility over the expected term of the plan.
32	
Share-based payments (continued)
135
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
32.5	
Share appreciation rights plan
From 2022, Share Appreciation Rights (SAR) were granted under the LTI plan to senior executives, Managing Directors and 
equivalent. A SAR is an ‘in substance option’ which gives the holder a right to shares in the future equivalent to the uplift in the 
share price between the grant date and vesting date.
In 2024, the Group issued LTI SAR awards to senior executives under a revised plan to match the service period to the year in which 
the award is granted. The shares issued under the LTI SAR awards have been treated as 'in substance options' and have been 
valued using a Black-Scholes pricing methodology with key inputs shown below.
 Number of share appreciation 
rights 
 Grant date fair value
$’000 
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Balance at the beginning of the year
 4,285,024 
 1,723,133 
 24,702 
 13,612 
Granted during the year
 3,085,319 
 2,874,004 
 17,987 
 12,773 
Forfeited during the year
 (634,532)
 (312,113)
 (3,453)
 (1,683)
Vested during the year
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
Balance at the end of the year
 6,735,811 
 4,285,024 
 39,236 
 24,702 
The SARs issued under the LTI plan have been valued using a Black-Scholes pricing methodology with key inputs shown below. 
The resulting value is amortised over the vesting period on a probability adjusted basis. 
2024 LTI SAR
2022 LTI SAR
2021 LTI SAR
Vesting period
4 years
5 years
5 years
Share price at grant date
$5.84
$4.43
$7.91
Expected volatility¹
57.80%
55.09%
40.71%
Risk-free rate
3.82%
3.48%
2.73%
Dividend yield
3.42%
3.54%
2.15%
Fair value per security
$2.45
$1.26
$2.54
Forfeiture assumptions
20.0%
20.0%
20.0%
1.	
Based on historical MAF share price volatility over the expected term of the plan.
32	
Share-based payments (continued)
136
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
32.6	
Salary sacrifice share plan
From 2020, all permanent full and part-time employees of the Group were invited to participate in the annual salary sacrifice 
share offer which allowed employees to receive up to $5,000 worth of shares in the Company by sacrificing an equivalent amount 
of their pre-tax salary or cash bonus award. 23,947 shares were issued under the 2024 arrangement, priced at $4.91, being the 
5-day VWAP of the Company’s shares on grant date (2023: 34,859 shares at $4.43). The shares are restricted from being sold by 
employees until at least 1 July of the year following issue or when the participant is no longer employed by the Group.
 Number of salary sacrifice shares 
 Grant date fair value
$’000 
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Balance at the beginning of the year
 28,091 
 21,967 
 120 
 172 
Granted during the year
 23,947 
 34,859 
118
 152 
Vested during the year
 (28,091)
 (28,735)
 (125)
 (204)
Balance at the end of the year
 23,947 
 28,091 
 113 
 120 
32	
Share-based payments (continued)	
33	
Key management personnel compensation
The aggregate compensation paid to both Executive and Non-Executive Directors and other members of Key Management 
Personnel (KMP) of the Company and the Group is set out below. There were 11 KMP in 2024 (2023: 12 KMP).
31 Dec 2024
$'000
31 Dec 2023
$'000
Short-term benefits
 5,323 
 5,487 
Share-based payments
 1,409 
 1,370 
Annual leave
 22 
 (271)
Long service leave
 33 
 (80)
Total key management personnel compensation
 6,787 
 6,506 
34	
Related party transactions
Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been 
eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. Details of transactions between the Group and other related parties 
are disclosed below.
34.1	
Loans to related parties
31 Dec 2024
$'000
31 Dec 2023
$'000
Loans to employees
 2,231 
 2,383 
The Group has provided interest-free loans to certain senior 
employees that are used for investment purposes, primarily for 
investment in funds managed by the Group. The investments 
purchased have been designated as restricted and are unable 
to be sold without the approval of the Group. Distributions 
received on the investments are allocated against the loan 
balance. The loans are repayable over a maximum term of 
five years.
34.2	
Transactions with Key Management 
Personnel
In 2019 Mr Pridham and Mr Biggins entered into property 
management service arrangements with the Group on the 
same terms offered to third-party investors in a property 
managed by the Group. Total management fees payable by Mr 
Pridham and Mr Biggins for 2024 amounted to $52,252 and 
$15,538 respectively (2023: $51,872 and $11,598 respectively).
137
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
34	
Related party transactions (continued)
KMP 
31 Dec 2024
$’000
Group 
31 Dec 2024
$’000
KMP 
31 Dec 2023
$’000
Group 
31 Dec 2023
$’000
Redcape Hotel Group
 7,099 
 56,471 
 7,162 
 49,295 
Other associates
 485 
 2,061 
 5,417 
 1,476 
Cinch Technology
 - 
 2,992 
 - 
 - 
 7,584 
 61,524 
 12,579 
 50,771 
Related party fees from associates and joint ventures
31 Dec 2024
$’000
31 Dec 2023
$’000
Management fees
 15,006 
 24,858 
Transaction fees
 6,834 
 2,838 
Performance fees
 - 
 4,335 
 21,840 
 32,031 
Receivables from associates and joint ventures
Current
Fees receivable from associates
 4,948 
 14,557 
Non-current
Performance and management fees receivable from associates
 17,604 
 14,052 
35	
Acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries
35.1	
Business acquisitions
There were no businesses or subsidiaries acquired during the year.
35.2	
Business disposals
During the year, the Group deconsolidated the MA Kincare Fund and recognised its investment as an investment in associate.
34.3	
Transactions with funds managed by 
the Group
The Group is involved in the management of various funds, 
through its role as a trustee, manager, financial advisor and 
underwriter, and charges fees for doing so. The Group also 
invests in some of the funds which it manages.
34.4	
Transactions with associates
Transactions between the Group and its associates and 
joint ventures principally arise from KMP transactions and 
investments in the associate and joint venture.
The amounts below for KMP are recorded at the closing price 
for the relevant investment in accordance with AASB 124 
Related Party Disclosures and have not been adjusted for 
subsequent valuation changes.
Related party investments in associates and joint ventures
138
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
35	
Acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries (continued)
35.3	
Subsidiaries
The table below presents the Group’s notable subsidiaries that form the main composition of the Group as at 31 December 2024.
1. Due to contractual and structural arrangements, this entity is considered to be controlled by the Group
The subsidiaries included in the list above are identified on the basis of their ongoing contribution to the Group's assets and 
operating profit. Additionally, this includes the employing entities, entities that are key providers of funding to other subsidiaries and 
other key operating entities.	
All notable subsidiaries have a 31 December reporting date. A list of entities that are consolidated in the Financial Report at the end 
of the financial year are included in the Consolidated entity disclosure statement.
Accounting policy
Basis of consolidation
The Financial Report reflects the financial performance and financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are 
all entities (including structured entities) which the Group controls. Control is achieved when the Group:
•	
has power over the investee;
•	
is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
•	
has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.
The determination of control is based on current facts and circumstances and is continually assessed. The Group has power over 
an entity when it has substantive rights that provides it with the ability to direct the entity's relevant activities, being those that 
significantly affect the entity's returns. If the Group determines that it has power over an entity, then it evaluates its exposure, or 
rights, to variable returns by considering the magnitude and variability associated with its economic interests.
Name of subsidiary
Principal activity
Proportion of ownership interest and voting power held 
by the Group
Place of 
incorporation
and operation
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Eastern Credit Management Pty Ltd
Asset Management
Australia
100%
100%
MA Asset Management Ltd
Asset Management
Australia
100%
100%
MA Investment Management Pty Ltd
Asset Management
Australia
100%
100%
MA Master Credit Trust¹
Asset Management
Australia
8%
9%
MAAM RE Limited
Asset Management
Australia
100%
100%
Madison Trust No. 1
Asset Management
Australia
100%
-
MA Loan Investments Pty Ltd
Asset Management
Australia
100%
100%
MA Redcape Hotel Fund RE Limited 
(previously known as Redcape Hotel 
Group Management Ltd)
Asset Management
Australia
100%
100%
Western Funds Management Pty Ltd
Asset Management
Australia
100%
100%
Beagle Finance Pty Ltd
Lending & Technology
Australia
100%
100%
Finsure Finance & Insurance Pty Ltd
Lending & Technology
Australia
100%
100%
MA Corporate Loans Trust 1
Lending & Technology
Australia
100%
-
MA Credit Portfolio Investments Pty Ltd
Lending & Technology
Australia
100%
100%
MA Money Financial Services Pty Ltd
Lending & Technology
Australia
100%
100%
MA Moelis Australia Advisory Pty Ltd
CA&E
Australia
100%
100%
MA Moelis Australia Securities Pty Ltd
CA&E
Australia
100%
100%
MAFG Operations Pty Ltd
Administration Entity
Australia
100%
100%
MAFG Finance Pty Ltd
Administration Entity
Australia
100%
100%
139
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
Controlled entities are consolidated from the date on 
which control is transferred to the Group and ceases to be 
consolidated from the date control is transferred out of the 
Group. The effects of all transactions between subsidiaries 
in the Group are eliminated in full. Non-controlling interests 
(NCI) represent the share in the net assets of subsidiaries 
attributable to equity interests not owned directly or indirectly 
by the Group. For a consolidated trust or fund, NCI is presented 
as fund unit liabilities.
The Company reviews its investment in subsidiaries for 
indicators of impairment at each reporting period. Where 
subsidiaries had indicators of impairment, the subsidiaries' 
carrying value was compared to its recoverable value which 
is determined as the higher of value-in-use and fair value less 
cost to sell.
Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition 
method. The consideration exchanged is measured as 
the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair values of assets 
transferred, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred. 
Acquisition-related costs are recognised directly in the 
Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.
At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and 
the liabilities assumed are recognised at their fair value at the 
date of acquisition. The Group elects, on a transaction-by-
transaction basis, to initially measure NCI either at fair value 
or at the NCI's proportionate share of the fair values of the 
identifiable assets and liabilities.
Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the 
consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling 
interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer’s 
previously held equity interests in the acquiree (if any) over the 
net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets 
acquired and the liabilities assumed. If the consideration is 
less than the Group's share of the fair value of the identifiable 
net assets of the business acquired and is recognised in 
investment income, but only after a reassessment of the 
identification and measurement of the net assets acquired.
When the consideration transferred by the Group in a 
business combination includes assets or liabilities resulting 
from a contingent consideration arrangement, the contingent 
consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value 
and included as part of the consideration transferred in a 
business combination. Changes in fair value of the contingent 
consideration that qualify as measurement period adjustments 
are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments 
against goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are 
adjustments that arise from additional information obtained 
during the ‘measurement period’ (which cannot exceed one 
year from the acquisition date) about facts and circumstances 
that existed at the acquisition date.
The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the 
contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement 
period adjustments depends on how the contingent 
consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is 
classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting 
dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within 
equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset 
or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in 
accordance with AASB 9, or AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent 
Liabilities and Contingent Assets, as appropriate, with the 
corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.
When a business combination is achieved in stages, the 
Group’s previously held equity interests in the acquiree 
is remeasured to its acquisition-date fair value and the 
resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognised in profit or loss. 
Amounts arising from interests in the acquiree prior to the 
acquisition date that have previously been recognised in other 
comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where 
such treatment would be appropriate if that interest were 
disposed of.
If the initial accounting for a business combination is 
incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the 
combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts 
for the items which the accounting is incomplete. Those 
provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement 
period (see above), or additional assets or liabilities are 
recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts 
or circumstances that existed at the acquisition date that, 
if known, would have affected the amounts recognised at 
that date.
Consolidated managed fund investments
The Group regularly provides seed and growth capital to funds 
managed by the Group. At each reporting period investments 
in funds managed by the Group are assessed for control. 
Determining whether the Group has control over managed 
fund investments requires the use of judgement and is an 
assessment of the Group’s power over the activities of the 
funds and exposure to significant variability in returns from the 
funds. Managed fund investments where such interests are 
interests in controlled entities are consolidated by the Group. 
Where it is determined that control does not exist, the Group’s 
investments are recognised as either associates or other 
financial assets in the Statement of financial position. 
35	
Acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries (continued)
35.3	
Subsidiaries (continued)
Accounting policy (continued)
Basis of consolidation (continued)
140
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
36	
Parent entity disclosures
As at, and throughout, the year ended 31 December 2024 the parent entity of the Group was MA Financial Group Limited.
31 Dec 2024
Company
$’000
31 Dec 2023
Company
$’000
Results of the parent company
Profit for the year
 149,242 
 66,259 
Total comprehensive income for the year
 149,242 
 66,259 
Financial position of the parent entity
Current assets
 322,989 
 195,912 
Non-current assets
 189,824 
 189,951 
Total assets
 512,813 
 385,863 
Total liabilities
 - 
 - 
Net assets
 512,813 
 385,863 
Total equity of the parent entity comprising of:
Contributed equity
 286,149 
 278,737 
Reserves
 42,864 
 36,554 
Retained earnings
 183,800 
 70,572 
Total equity
 512,813 
 385,863 
The parent entity had no contingent liabilities or contractual commitments with third parties as at 31 December 2024 (2023: nil) 
other than those already disclosed in the financial statements.
The parent entity has entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee with the effect the Company guarantees debts in respect of certain 
subsidiaries. Further details of the Deed of Cross Guarantee and the subsidiaries subject to the deed are disclosed in note 37.
141
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
37	
Deed of cross guarantee
The Company and certain wholly owned subsidiaries listed 
below (the Closed Group) have entered into a Deed of Cross 
Guarantee (Deed) effective 21 December 2022. 
Pursuant to ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) 
Instrument 2016/785, the wholly-owned subsidiaries listed 
below are relieved from the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) 
requirements for preparation, audit and lodgement of financial 
reports, and Directors’ reports.
The subsidiaries to the Deed are:
•	
Beagle Finance Pty Ltd
•	
Eastern Credit Management Pty Ltd
•	
Finsure Finance & Insurance Pty Ltd
•	
Finsure Holding Pty Ltd
•	
MAAM Holdings Pty Ltd
•	
MAFG Operations Pty Ltd
Set out below is the consolidated Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, Statement of financial position and a 
summary of movements in accumulated gains/(losses) of the Company and controlled entities that are party to the Deed.
Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
31 Dec 2024
$’000
31 Dec 2023
$’000
Fee and commission income
 675,454 
 565,067 
Fee and commission expense
 (611,378)
 (507,652)
Net fee and commission income
 64,076 
57,415
Investment income
 173,505 
 186,706 
Other income
 90,652 
 54,341 
Total income
 328,233 
 298,462 
Employee expenses
 170,380 
 143,031 
Marketing and business development
 11,369 
 11,167 
Information, technology and data
 8,708 
 6,476 
Depreciation and amortisation
 21,688 
 9,471 
Finance costs
 4,983 
 5,324 
Credit loss allowance
 128 
 (25)
Other expenses
 14,109 
 14,635 
Total expenses
 231,365 
 190,079 
Profit before tax
 96,868 
 108,383 
Income tax benefit
 8,087
 16,600
Profit after income tax
 104,955 
 124,983 
Other comprehensive loss, net of income tax
Items that will not be classified subsequently to profit or loss:
Fair value benefit on investments in equity instruments designated at FVTOCI
 72 
 88 
 72 
 88 
Total other comprehensive income
 72 
 88 
Total comprehensive income
 105,027 
 125,071 
142
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
37	
Deed of cross guarantee (continued)
Statement of financial position
31 Dec 2024
$’000
31 Dec 2023
$’000
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
 13,552 
 14,784 
Receivables
 39,332 
 19,793 
Loans receivable
 9,823 
 3,392 
Other financial assets
 4,526 
 2,044 
Contract assets
 811,466 
 705,286 
Property, plant and equipment
 3,221 
 3,811 
Other assets
 4,861 
 5,412 
Restricted cash
 700 
 700 
Right-of-use assets
 57,412 
 65,179 
Investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures
 193,237 
 178,007 
Intangible assets
 50,152 
 53,572 
Goodwill
 98,829 
 98,829 
Total assets
 1,287,111 
 1,150,809 
Liabilities
Trade and other payables
 13,919 
 33,509 
Borrowings
 - 
 25,845 
Contract liabilities
 760,222 
 661,157 
Lease liabilities
 65,321 
 70,654 
Provisions
 40,643 
 38,001 
Deferred tax liabilities
 19,307 
 14,206 
Total liabilities
 899,412 
 843,372 
Net assets
 387,699 
 307,437 
Equity 
Contributed equity
 286,149 
 278,737 
Reserves
 43,435 
 39,526 
Retained earnings/(losses)
 58,115 
 (10,826)
Total equity
 387,699 
 307,437 
Summary of movements in accumulated gains/(losses)
31 Dec 2024
$’000
31 Dec 2023
$’000
Accumulated losses at beginning of the financial year
 (10,826)
 (64,598)
Profit for the year
 104,955 
 124,983 
Dividends paid
 (36,014)
 (71,211)
Accumulated gains/(losses) at end of the financial year
 58,115 
 (10,826)
143
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
38	
Structured entities
A structured entity is an entity that has been designed such 
that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in 
determining who controls the entity and the relevant activities 
are directed by means of contractual arrangements.
The Group engages with structured entities for securitisation, 
asset-backed financing and to invest its own capital for the 
purpose of seeding fund vehicles to develop a performance 
track record prior to external investment being received.	
The Group assesses at inception and at each reporting date, 
whether the structured entity should be consolidated based 
on the Group's consolidation accounting policy (refer to note 
35). Structured entities are classified as subsidiaries and 
consolidated when control exists. 
Consolidated structured entities
The Group considers its wholly owned entities that originate 
residential mortgages via notes in mortgage warehouse trusts 
to be structured entities. These trusts are special purpose 
vehicles where third-party funders provide limited-recourse 
financing to the trusts. The facility arrangement partially 
transfers the risk of credit losses on loan portfolios to the 
capital providers of the trusts. The Group’s exposure to losses 
is limited to its investment in the warehouse trusts and its rights 
to current and future residual income from its trusts.
Unconsolidated structured entities
The Group has an interest in a structured entity when it has a 
contractual or non-contractual involvement that exposes it to 
variable returns from the performance of the structured entity. 
The Group’s interest includes investment income from it's 
interest and fees earned for managing the assets within these 
structured entities.
The following table presents, by asset class, the carrying value and maximum exposure to loss (before the benefit of collateral and 
credit enhancements) of the Group's interests in unconsolidated structured entities:
Unless otherwise specified, the Group's maximum exposure to 
loss is the total of its on-balance sheet positions at reporting 
date. There are no off-balance sheet arrangements which 
would expose the Group to potential losses in respect of 
unconsolidated structured entities.
During the year, the Group earned management fees, 
performance fees and other fees (such as distribution and 
transaction fees) of $31.5 million (2023: $11.0 million)
Real estate
$’000
Hospitality
$’000
Credit
$’000
Equities
$’000
Total
$’000
31 December 2024
Carrying value of assets
Financial assets held at FVTOCI
 6,447 
 5,201 
 499 
 8,419 
 20,566 
Financial assets held at FVTPL
 - 
 - 
 3,142 
 442 
 3,584 
Total carrying value of assets
 6,447 
 5,201 
 3,641 
 8,861 
 24,150 
Maximum exposure to loss
Financial assets held at FVTOCI
 6,447 
 5,201 
 499 
 8,419 
 20,566 
Financial assets held at FVTPL
 - 
 - 
 3,142 
 442 
 3,584 
Total maximum exposure to loss
 6,447 
 5,201 
 3,641 
 8,861 
 24,150 
31 December 2023
Carrying value of assets
Financial assets held at FVTOCI
 3,053 
 3,040 
 4,201 
 6,850 
 17,144 
Financial assets held at FVTPL
 - 
 - 
 7,588 
 619 
 8,207 
Total carrying value of assets
 3,053 
 3,040 
 11,789 
 7,469 
 25,351 
Maximum exposure to loss
Financial assets held at FVTOCI
 3,053 
 3,040 
 4,201 
 6,850 
 17,144 
Financial assets held at FVTPL
 - 
 - 
 7,588 
 619 
 8,207 
Total maximum exposure to loss
 3,053 
 3,040 
 11,789 
 7,469 
 25,351 
144
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Notes to the financial statements (continued)
39	
Auditor's remuneration
40	
Commitments
At 31 December 2024, the Group had undrawn loan 
commitments of $677.2 million (2023: $372.1 million). 
Subsequent to 31 December 2024, $12.7 million of these 
commitments were either cancelled or drawn upon.
At 31 December 2024, the Group has committed to a co-
investment in class B units in the MCTs which are consolidated 
entities of the Group. At 31 December 2024, $161.4 million 
(2023: $112.7 million) has been invested by the Group in the 
MCTs. Refer to note 24(b) for further information.
41	
Events after the reporting date
There were no material events subsequent to 31 December 
2024 up until the authorisation of the financial statements 
for issue, that have not been disclosed elsewhere in the 
financial statements.
39	
Auditor's remuneration
31 Dec 2024
Consolidated
$'000
31 Dec 2023
Consolidated
$'000
Audit and review services
Auditors of the Group
Audit and review of financial statements – Group
 947 
 928 
Audit and review of financial statements – controlled entities
 464 
 538 
Total audit and review services – auditors of the Group
 1,411 
 1,466 
Other auditors
Audit and review of financial statements – controlled entities
189
 63 
Regulatory assurance services
 39 
 - 
Total audit and review services
 1,639 
 1,529 
Assurance services
Auditors of the Group
Regulatory assurance services
 140 
 198 
Total assurance services
 140 
 198 
Other services
Auditors of the Group
Advisory services
 - 
 169 
Taxation
 121 
 134 
Other services in relation to the Group
 - 
 10 
Total other services
 121 
 313 
Total auditor remuneration
 1,900 
 2,040 
145
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Consolidated entity disclosure statement
Name of entity
Type of entity
% of share capital 
held directly or 
indirectly by the 
Company in the 
body corporate
Country of 
incorporation
Tax residency
1300 Home Loan Holdings Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
A.C.N. 167 316 109 Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Apera Hotels Holdings Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Armada Funds Management Pty Limited
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Armada Property Fund
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
Avena Holdings Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Barley Property Holdings Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
BE ES I LLC³
Body corporate
21%
United States
Australia
BE OLD I LLC³
Body corporate
22%
United States
Australia
BE XCAL II LLC³
Body corporate
22%
United States
Australia
Beagle Finance Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Bendigo Hotel Fund TT Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
BHBB TT Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Brunswick Hotel TT Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Commission Now Trust
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
CRE CT Unitholder Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Deacon Health, Inc³
Body corporate
22%
United States
Foreign – United States
Eastern Credit Management Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Finsure Domain Names Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Finsure Finance & Insurance Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Finsure Holding Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Finsure New Zealand Ltd
Body corporate
100%
New Zealand
Australia
Global Wealth Aged Care Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Global Wealth Residential Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Grassroots Childcare Developments 
Holdings Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Grassroots Childcare 
Developments Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Asset Management 
(Hong Kong) Limited
Body corporate
100%
Hong Kong
Foreign – Hong Kong
MA Asset Management Ltd¹
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Asset Management US LLC
Body corporate
100%
United States
Australia
MA Bendigo TT I Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Bendigo TT II Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
The following table includes details of the controlled entities of the Group. The entity's role as trustee or participant in a joint 
venture, of an entity is also disclosed if applicable. 
146
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Consolidated entity disclosure statement (continued)
Name of entity
Type of entity
% of share capital 
held directly or 
indirectly by the 
Company in the 
body corporate
Country of 
incorporation
Tax residency
MA Brunswick Hotel Fund
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Childcare Fund
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA China AMC Equity Fund
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Corporate Loans 1 Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Corporate Loans Trust 1
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Corporate Loans Trust 2
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Credit Asset Management US LLC
Body corporate
100%
United States
Australia
MA Credit Investments Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Credit Nominees Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Credit Portfolio Investments Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Diversified Credit Trust
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Eagle Holdings Fund
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Eagle I LLC
Body corporate
100%
United States
Foreign – United States
MA Eagle II Holdings Fund
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Eagle II LLC³
Body corporate
30%
United States
Foreign – United States
MA Eagle III Holdings Fund
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA EL Acquisition Trust
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Financial Group Pte. Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Singapore
Foreign – Singapore
MA Financing LLC
Body corporate
100%
United States
Australia
MA Foundation Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Global Private Credit Fund
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Investment Management Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Loan Investments Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Master Credit Trust
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Moelis Australia Advisory Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Moelis Australia Securities Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Money Collections Trust
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Money Financial Services Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Money Residential 
Securitisation Trust 2023–1
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Money Residential 
Securitisation Trust 2024–1
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Money Risk Retention Funding No. 
1 Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Money Risk Retention Funding No. 
2 Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
147
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Consolidated entity disclosure statement (continued)
Name of entity
Type of entity
% of share capital 
held directly or 
indirectly by the 
Company in the 
body corporate
Country of 
incorporation
Tax residency
MA Money Risk Retention Funding No. 
3 Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Money Securitisation Trust No. 3
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Money Securitisation Trust No. 4
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Money Securitisation Trust No. 5
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Money Securitisation Trust No. 6
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Money Securitisation Trust No. 7
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Money Securitisation Trust No. 8
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Partners LLC
Body corporate
100%
United States
Australia
MA Redcape Hotel Fund RE Limited
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MA Specialty Credit Income Fund
Trust
N/A
United States
Foreign – United States
MA Specialty Funding Trust
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA UK Operations Limited
Body corporate
100%
United Kingdom
Australia
MA UK LDF Limited
Body corporate
100%
United Kingdom
Australia
MA UK LPF Limited
Body corporate
100%
United Kingdom
Australia
MA UK SLF Limited
Body corporate
100%
United Kingdom
Australia
MA UK Top Co Limited
Body corporate
100%
United Kingdom
Australia
MA USD Master Credit Trust
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MA Wholesale Global Private Credit Fund
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MAAM Commercial Consulting 
(Shanghai) Co. Ltd
Body corporate
100%
China
Australia
MAAM EL Credit Pty Ltd¹
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAAM GP Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAAM Holdings Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAAM RE Ltd¹
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAAM TT (Figtree) Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAAM TT (Marion Advertising) Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAAM TT (Marion) Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAAM TT Credit Pty Ltd¹
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAAM TT Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MACDF TT Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Madison Trust No. 1
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MADT Corporate Pty Ltd¹
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAF Credit NZ Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAF Credit Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAFG Finance Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
148
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Consolidated entity disclosure statement (continued)
Name of entity
Type of entity
% of share capital 
held directly or 
indirectly by the 
Company in the 
body corporate
Country of 
incorporation
Tax residency
MAFG Holdings Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAFG Operations (Manila) Inc
Body corporate
100%
Philippines
Australia
MAFG Operations Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAFG Share Plan Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAGV Nominee Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MAKM Holdings Pty Ltd²
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Middle Technology Australia Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Middle Technology Holdings Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
MOE Diesel Trust
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
MOE Disbursements Trust
Trust
N/A
Australia
Australia
Mystro Crm Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Redcape Hospitality Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Retpro Management Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Retpro Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Taylor Square TT Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
TMASL Finance Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Western Funds Management Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
WFM Financial Holdings Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
Wikibroker Pty Ltd
Body corporate
100%
Australia
Australia
1. Trustee of a trust in the consolidated Group
2. Participant of a joint venture in the consolidated Group
3. Due to contractual and structural arrangements, these entities are considered to be controlled by the Group
Key estimates and assumptions
Section 295 (3A) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) requires that the tax residency of each entity which is included in the 
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement be disclosed. In the context of an entity which was an Australian resident, “Australian 
resident” has the meaning provided in the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth). The determination of tax residency involves 
judgment as the determination of tax residency is highly fact dependent and there are currently several different interpretations that 
could be adopted, and which could give rise to a different conclusion on residency.
In determining tax residency, the consolidated entity has applied the following interpretations:
•	
Australian tax residency: the consolidated entity has applied current legislation and judicial precedent, including having regard 
to the Commissioner of Taxation’s public guidance in Tax Ruling TR 2018/5.
•	
Foreign tax residency: the consolidated entity has applied current legislation and where available judicial precedent in the 
determination of foreign tax residency. Where necessary, the consolidated entity has used independent tax advisers in foreign 
jurisdictions to assist in its determination of tax residency to ensure applicable foreign tax legislation has been complied with.
•	
Trusts: Australian tax law does not contain specific residency tests for trusts. Generally, these entities are taxed on a flow-
through basis so there is no need for a general residence test. There are some provisions which treat trusts as residents for 
certain purposes, but this does not mean the trust itself is an entity that is subject to tax.
149
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Directors’ declaration
In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of MA Financial 
Group Limited (Company), we declare that, in the opinion of 
the Directors:
(a)	
	there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company 
will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due 
and payable; and
(b)	
the financial statements and notes of MA Financial 
Group Limited and its controlled entities (Group) are 
in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) 
including:	
(i)	
complying with the Australian Accounting 
Standards, and
(ii)	
giving a true and fair view of the Company’s and 
the consolidated Group’s financial positions as at 
31 December 2024 and of its performance for the 
financial year ended on that date;
(c)	
the financial statements and notes of the Group also 
comply with International Financial Reporting Standards 
as issued by the International Accounting Standards 
Board, which is disclosed in note 1(a);
(d)	
the consolidated entity disclosure statement required by 
section 295 (3A) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) is true 
and correct; 
(e)	
there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company 
and the group entities identified in note 37 will be able to 
meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may 
become subject by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee 
between the Company and those group entities pursuant 
to ASIC Corporations (Wholly owned Companies) 
Instrument 2016/785; and 
(f)	
this declaration has been made after receiving 
declarations from the joint Chief Executive Officers and 
Chief Financial Officer in accordance with section 295A 
of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and as recommended 
by the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and 
Recommendations. 



	
	
	
On behalf of the Board
Jeffrey Browne
Julian Biggins
Independent Chair and Non-Executive Director
Director and Joint Chief Executive Officer
Sydney
Sydney
20 February 2025
20 February 2025
150
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

 
KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated 
with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and 
logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by 
a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report 
 
To the shareholders of MA Financial Group Limited 
Report on the audit of the Financial Report 
 
Opinion 
We have audited the Financial Report of 
MA Financial Group Limited (the 
Company). 
In our opinion, the accompanying 
Financial Report of the Company gives a 
true and fair view, including of the 
Group’s financial position as at 31 
December 2024 and of its financial 
performance for the year then ended, in 
accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001, in compliance with Australian 
Accounting Standards and the 
Corporations Regulations 2001. 
The Financial Report comprises: 
• Statement of financial position as at 31 December 
2024; 
• Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive 
income, statement of changes in equity, and 
statement of cash flows for the year then ended; 
• Consolidated entity disclosure statement and 
accompanying basis of preparation as at 31 
December 2024; 
• Notes, including material accounting policies; and 
• Directors’ Declaration. 
The Group consists of the Company and the entities it 
controlled at the year-end or from time to time during the 
financial year. 
Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for 
the audit of the Financial Report section of our report.  
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical 
requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics 
for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our 
audit of the Financial Report in Australia. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements. 
 
 
 
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Independent auditor’s report
151
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Audit Matters 
The Key Audit Matters we identified 
are: 
• Advisory success fees revenue 
recognition; and 
• Trail Commission 
Key Audit Matters are those matters that, in our 
professional judgement, were of most significance in our 
audit of the Financial Report of the current period.  
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit 
of the Financial Report as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. 
Advisory success fees revenue recognition ($45.5m) 
Refer to Note 4 to the Financial Report 
The key audit matter 
How the matter was addressed in our audit 
Advisory success fees revenue recognition is a 
key audit matter due to the:  
• 
significance of this revenue to the Group’s 
results; and 
• 
the judgement required with respect to 
assessing the timing of revenue 
recognition, specifically when the Group 
satisfied its performance obligation as 
stipulated by the conditions of the 
underlying contracts, which may vary. 
In assessing this key audit matter, we involved 
senior audit team members who understand 
the Group’s business, industry and the 
macroeconomic environment in which it 
operates. 
Our procedures included: 
• 
assessing the Group's revenue recognition 
policy against AASB 15 Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers requirements;  
• 
obtaining an understanding of processes, 
systems and controls for advisory success fee 
revenue. We also tested key controls such as 
the manual review and approval by 
management of key revenue calculations and 
customer invoices;  
• 
for a sample of transactions recognised on a 
non-accrual basis, checking recorded revenue 
to evidence of deal completion, customer 
invoices, bank statements and the relevant 
features of the underlying signed customer 
contracts;  
• 
for a sample of transactions recognised on an 
accrual basis, checking: 
• 
the timing of fee revenue recorded 
against evidence of fulfilment of 
performance obligations, and signed 
customer contracts; 
• 
the accuracy of the fee when compared to 
rates contained in the contracts;  
• 
evaluating deal income recognised in January 
2025 to understand whether it was 
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
152
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
recognised in the appropriate reporting year; 
and 
• 
assessing the adequacy of disclosures in the 
financial report using our understanding 
obtained from our testing and against the 
requirements of the accounting standard. 
Trail Commission contract assets ($811.5m) and contract liabilities ($760.2m) 
Refer to Note 16 to the Financial Report 
The key audit matter 
How the matter was addressed in our audit 
The Group recognises a contract asset using 
the expected value method representing the 
net present value of future trail commission 
receivable under AASB 15 Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers.  
The Group also recognises a corresponding trail 
commission payable under AASB 9 Financial 
Instruments as representation of the net 
present value of trail commission payments to 
brokers. 
This is a key audit matter due to  
• 
significance of the contract assets and 
contract liabilities on the Group’s balance 
sheet; and 
• 
the significant judgement applied to assess 
the Group’s estimation of the value of trail 
commissions receivable and payable. We 
focused on the key inputs and assumptions 
the Group applied in their Net Present 
Value (“NPV”) model, including: 
• 
discount rates, which are 
judgemental in nature and may 
vary between different underlying 
cohorts of trail commissions; 
• 
percentage of commissions paid to 
brokers; and 
• 
loan book run off rate 
assumptions, reflecting the 
expected loan attrition rate of the 
portfolio over time, which is 
subject to change. 
In assessing this key audit matter, we involved 
our valuation specialists in assessing 
management’s NPV model. 
Our procedures included: 
• 
evaluating the Group’s processes and 
testing key controls such as the review and 
approval of assumptions used in the 
Group’s NPV model for estimating the 
value of the trail commissions receivable 
and payable; 
• 
assessing the completeness and accuracy 
of the loan data and commission 
percentage used in the Group’s NPV model 
by testing a sample of the data to external 
underlying documents such as lender 
commission statements and contracts with 
brokers; 
• 
assessing the appropriateness of the 
methodology adopted in the Group’s NPV 
model against accepted industry practice 
and the requirements of the accounting 
standards; 
• 
recalculating the trail commission 
receivable and payable; 
• 
assessing the key assumptions by: 
• 
independently developing discount rate 
ranges considered comparable using 
publicly available market data for 
comparable entities, adjusted by risk 
factors specific to the Group; 
• 
comparing the loan book run-off rate 
assumptions to contracted maturities in 
the relevant portfolio and then further 
challenging the run-off rate by 
comparing to historical internal 
information, available industry market 
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
153
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
data, and using our knowledge of the 
current economic environment; 
• 
evaluating the sensitivity of the NPV 
model calculations by considering 
reasonably possible changes to the 
discount rate and loan book run-off 
rate; and 
• 
assessing the adequacy of disclosures in 
the financial report using our understanding 
obtained from our testing and against the 
requirements of the accounting standard. 
 
Other Information 
Other Information is financial and non-financial information in MA Financial Group Limited’s annual 
report which is provided in addition to the Financial Report and the Auditor’s Report. The Directors 
are responsible for the Other Information.  
Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not 
express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the 
Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion. 
In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other 
Information. In doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with 
the Financial Report, or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. 
We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other 
Information, and based on the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained 
prior to the date of this Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report. 
Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 
The Directors are responsible for: 
• preparing the Financial Report in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including giving 
a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the Group, and in compliance 
with Australian Accounting and the Corporations Regulations 2001; 
• implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report in 
accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including giving a true and fair view of the 
financial position and performance of the Group, and that is free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error; and 
• assessing the Group and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether the 
use of the going concern basis of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting 
unless they either intend to liquidate the Group and Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so. 
 
 
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
154
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report 
Our objective is: 
• to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and  
• to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on 
the basis of the Financial Report. 
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the 
Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at: 
https://www.auasb.gov.au/media/bwvjcgre/ar1_2024.pdf. This description forms part of our Auditor’s 
Report. 
Report on the Remuneration Report 
Opinion 
In our opinion, the Remuneration Report 
of MA Financial Group Limited for the 
year ended 31 December 2024, complies 
with Section 300A of the Corporations 
Act 2001. 
Directors’ responsibilities 
The Directors of the Company are responsible for the 
preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report 
in accordance with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 
2001. 
Our responsibilities 
We have audited sections 1 to 11 of the Remuneration 
Report included in the Directors’ report for the year 
ended 31 December 2024.  
Our responsibility is to express an opinion as to whether 
the Remuneration Report complies in all material 
respects with Section 300A of the Corporations Act 
2001, based on our audit conducted in accordance with 
Australian Auditing Standards. 
 
 
 
 
 
KPMG 
Shaun Kendrigan 
 
Partner 
 
Sydney 
 
20 February 2025 
 
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
For the year ended 31 December 2024
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
155
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT

Additional 
Information 

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Investor information
Dividend details
MA Financial Group Limited generally pays a dividend on its fully paid ordinary shares once a year following its full-year 
financial results announcement.
The payment date for the dividend following the announcement of the 2024 results is 20 March 2025.
20 largest holders
The following information is correct as at 16 February 2025.
Registered holder
Number of
ordinary shares
held
% of ordinary
shares
J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED
30,769,025
16.97%
MAGIC TT PTY LTD 
16,117,532
8.89%
MAFG SHARE PLAN PTY LTD 
16,045,349
8.85%
MAGIC TT 2 PTY LTD 
14,850,000
8.19%
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
12,198,902
6.73%
MOELIS & COMPANY LLC
12,000,000
6.62%
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED
11,330,631
6.25%
MOELIS & CO INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS LLC
6,500,000
3.58%
NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED
3,509,742
1.94%
TOUCHARD PTY LTD 
3,037,853
1.68%
MAFG SHARE PLAN PTY LTD 
2,952,478
1.63%
NETWEALTH INVESTMENTS LIMITED 
2,945,473
1.62%
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD
1,933,176
1.07%
UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD
1,900,852
1.05%
RICHARD GERMAIN AND NINA GERMAIN 
1,724,677
0.95%
ANDREW MARTIN AND KATHERINE MARTIN 
1,595,616
0.88%
JILL ADORA PTY LTD
1,524,602
0.84%
MAFG SHARE PLAN PTY LTD 
1,472,291
0.81%
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 
1,072,561
0.59%
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
1,008,901
0.56%
Distribution of shareholders
Holding
Number of
shareholders
Number of
ordinary shares
% of ordinary
shares
1 – 1,000
1,621
766,603
0.42%
1,001 – 5,000
1,909
5,112,858
2.82%
5,001 – 10,000
669
4,907,623
2.71%
10,001 – 100,000
681
17,330,969
9.56%
100,001 and over
56
153,224,901
84.49%
157
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Investor information (continued)
MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Unmarketable parcels
There were 95 shareholders (representing 976 shares) who held less than a marketable parcel.
Substantial shareholders
Name
Number of
ordinary shares
% of ordinary
shares
MA FINANCIAL GROUP LIMITED
20,470,118
11.29%
MOELIS & COMPANY LLC
18,500,000
10.20%
MAGIC TT PTY LTD 
16,117,532
8.89%
MAGIC TT 2 PTY LTD 
14,850,000
8.19%
FIL LIMITED¹
13,058,699
7.20%
1.	
Number of shares based on the last reported substantial shareholder notification as at 16 February 2025.
Voting rights
At meetings of members or classes of members, each member may vote in person or by proxy, attorney or (if the 
member is a body corporate) corporate representative. On a show of hands, every person present who is a member or a 
proxy, attorney or corporate representative of a member has one vote and on a poll every member present in person or 
by proxy, attorney or corporate representative has one vote for each fully paid share held by the member.
Share options
The table below sets out the number of share options, with each share option carrying the right to acquire one share in 
the Company at a future date, outstanding as at 16 February 2025:
Size of holding
Number of holders
Share options
Under 5,000
 - 
 - 
5,001 – 10,000
 - 
 - 
10,001 – 100,000
 - 
 - 
100,001 and over
2
500,000
Total share options
2
500,000
158
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Glossary
Term
Definition
AASB
Australian Accounting Standards Board
AFSL
Australian Financial Services Licence
ASIC
Australian Securities & Investment Commission
ASX
Australian Securities Exchange of ASX Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691) and the market operated 
by ASX Limited.
AUM
Assets under management
Board
The Board of Directors of MA Financial Group Limited
CA&E
Corporate Advisory & Equities
CAGR
Compound Annual Growth Rate
CGU
Cash generating unit
Company
MA Financial Group Limited (ABN 68 142 008 428), a company limited by shares
Corporations Act
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)
Directors
The Directors of the Company as at the date of this Report 
EBITDA
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation
EAD
Exposure at default
ECL
Expected credit loss
ECM
Equity capital markets
Employees
Employees of the Group
EPS
Earnings per share
Existing Staff Trusts
Trusts established prior to the initial public offering of the Company, which hold shares on behalf of 
current and former employees of the Group. 
FVTOCI
Fair value through other comprehensive income
FVTPL
Fair value through profit or loss
FY23
For the financial year ended 31 December 2023
FY24
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024
Group
The Company and its subsidiaries 
GST
Goods and services tax
IASB
International Accounting Standards Board
IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards
KMP
Key management personnel
159
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Glossary (continued)
Term
Definition
LFSP
Loan funded share plan
LGD
Loss given default
LTI
Long term incentive
MA
The Company and/or its subsidiaries as the context requires
MA Financial Group
The Company and/or its subsidiaries as the context requires
NPAT
Net profit after tax
PD
Probability of Default
PIF
Priority Income Fund
RBA
Reserve Bank of Australia
ROE
Return on Equity
SAR
Share Appreciation Rights
Shareholder
The holder of a share
Shares
Fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Company
Share options
Options over unissued shares
Share rights
Rights to receive shares at some point in the future
SICR
Significant increase in credit risk
SIV
Significant investor visa
STI
Short term incentive
VWAP
Volume-weighted average price
160
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT

MA Financial Group  |  2024 Annual Report
Directory
Directors
Jeffrey Browne (Chair)
Andrew Pridham (Group Vice Chair)
Alexandra Goodfellow
Simon Kelly
Nikki Warburton
Kenneth Moelis
Kate Pilcher Ciafone
Julian Biggins
Christopher Wyke
Company secretary
Janna Robertson
Rebecca Ong
Registered office
Principal place of business
Level 27, Brookfield Place
10 Carrington Street
Sydney NSW 2000
T + 61 2 8288 5555
Share Registry
Boardroom Pty Limited
Level 8
210 George Street
Sydney NSW 2000
T 1300 737 760
www.boardroomlimited.com.au
mafinancial@boardroomlimited.com.au
Auditor
KPMG
Level 38 Tower Three
300 Barangaroo Avenue
Sydney NSW 2000
161
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
ABOUT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL REPORT

Registered office
Principal place of business
Level 27, Brookfield Place
10 Carrington Street
Sydney NSW 2000
T +61 2 8288 5555
Sydney
Level 27, Brookfield Place
10 Carrington Street
Sydney NSW 2000
T +61 2 8288 5555
Melbourne
Level 20, South Tower
80 Collins Street
Melbourne VIC 3000
T +61 3 8650 8650
Brisbane
Level 31
Central Plaza
345 Queen Street
Brisbane QLD 4000
T +61 2 8288 5555
New York
3 West Main Street
Suite 301
Irvington, NY 10533
T +1 914 670 8993
Hong Kong
Suite 2917, 29th Floor,
Two International
Finance Centre,
No. 8 Finance Street,
Central, Hong Kong
T +852 2575 7188
Shanghai
Level 38, Park Place
1601 Nan Jing West Road
Jing An District Shanghai 
200040 P.R. China
T +86 021 6137 3216
Singapore
20 Anson Road
#11–01 Twenty Anson
Singapore 079912
T +65 6303 5205
mafinancial.com